This paper was converted on www.awesomepapers.org from LaTeX by an anonymous user.
Want to know more? Visit the Converter page.

Automatic transversality in contact homology II: filtrations and computations

Jo Nelson111Partially supported by NSF grants DMS-1303903 and DMS-184072.
Abstract

This paper is the sequel to the previous paper [Ne15], which showed that sufficient regularity exists to define cylindrical contact homology in dimension three for nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms, a subclass of dynamically convex contact forms. The Reeb orbits of these so-called dynamically separated contact forms satisfy a uniform growth condition on their Conley-Zehnder indices with respect to a free homotopy class; see Definition 1.7. Given a contact form which is dynamically separated up to large action, we demonstrate a filtration by action on the chain complex and show how to obtain the desired cylindrical contact homology by taking direct limits. We give a direct proof of invariance of cylindrical contact homology within the class of dynamically separated contact forms, and elucidate the independence of the filtered cylindrical contact homology with respect to the choice of the dynamically separated contact form and almost complex structure. We also show that these regularity results are compatible with geometric methods of computing cylindrical contact homology of prequantization bundles, proving a conjecture of Eliashberg [El07] in dimension three.

1 Motivation and results

Cylindrical contact homology, as introduced by Eliashberg-Givental-Hofer [EGH00], is in principle an invariant of contact manifolds that admit a nondegenerate contact form λ\lambda without Reeb orbits of certain gradings. The cylindrical contact homology of (M,ξ)(M,\xi) is defined by choosing a nondegenerate such contact form and taking the homology of a chain complex over \mathbb{Q} which is generated by ``good'' Reeb orbits, and whose differential EGH\partial^{EGH} counts JJ-holomorphic cylinders in ×M\mathbb{R}\times M for a suitable almost complex structure J.J. Unfortunately, in many cases there is no way to choose JJ so as to obtain the transversality for holomorphic cylinders needed to define EGH\partial^{EGH}, to show that (EGH)2=0\left(\partial^{EGH}\right)^{2}=0, and to prove that the homology is an invariant of the contact structure ξ\xi.

In [Ne15], we gave a rigorous construction of cylindrical contact homology for contact forms in dimension three whose Reeb orbits satisfy a uniform growth condition on their Conley-Zehnder indices with respect to a fixed free homotopy class. Such contact forms are said to be dynamically separated; a precise definition is given in Definition 1.7. Given a dynamically separated contact form up to large action, we investigate action (and SFT-grading) filtered cylindrical contact homology. Our invariance results are obtained more directly than those which appeared in [HN2] for the hypertight case and those to appear in [HN3] for the class of dynamically convex contact forms. We also provide computational methods for the class of dynamically separated contact forms associated to prequantization spaces and Seifert fiber spaces.

Remark 1.1 (Relationship to the dynamically convex case).

In [HN16], we showed that for ``dynamically convex'' contact forms λ\lambda in three dimensions, and for generic almost complex structures JJ, one can in fact define the differential EGH\partial^{EGH} by counting JJ-holomorphic cylinders without any abstract perturbation. We also showed that (EGH)2=0\left(\partial^{EGH}\right)^{2}=0 using a generic almost complex structure, without breaking the S1S^{1} symmetry. However, this relied on certain technical assumptions, which hold when π1(M)\pi_{1}(M) is not torsion; see (*) in Theorem 1.3 and Remark 1.4 of [HN16]. We expect these assumptions to be removable. In the meantime, the dynamically separated case allows us to consider some dynamically convex contact forms which do not satisfy (*). Obtaining invariance in the dynamically convex case is currently in preparation [HN3], which involves extending the machinery of [HN2] with obstruction bundle gluing from [HTII].

To define cylindrical contact homology in general, some kind of abstract perturbation of the JJ-holomorphic curve equation is needed, for example using polyfolds or Kuranishi structures. Hofer, Wysocki, and Zehnder have developed the abstract analytic framework [HWZI]-[HWZV], collectively known as polyfolds, to systematically resolve issues of regularizing moduli spaces. Contact homology awaits foundations via polyfolds and the use of abstract perturbations can make computations difficult.

Pardon [Pa] has defined full contact homology via virtual fundamental cycles but this approach is not applicable to defining cylindrical contact homology in the presence of contractible Reeb orbits. In dimension three, in the absence of contractible Reeb orbits, and when paired with the action filtered versions of [HN2, Thm 1.6, 1.9], the definition provided by Bao-Honda in [BaHon1] can be shown to be isomorphic to the cylindrical contact homology. Using virtual techniques, Bao-Honda [BaHon2] give a definition of the full contact homology differential graded algebra for any closed contact manifold in any dimension. The approaches of Pardon and the latter of Bao-Honda make use of Kuranishi structures to construct contact and symplectic invariants and while they hold more generally, they are more difficult to work with in computations and applications.


Organization of the article. The rest of Section 1 gives an overview of cylindrical contact homology, a discussion of dynamically separated contact forms, a geometric means of computing cylindrical contact homology for prequantization bundles, and some examples. We also discuss applications to dynamics. Regularity results are proven in Section 2. Index calculations and related arguments ruling out non cylindrical holomorphic buildings in cobordisms between dynamically separated contact manifolds are given in Section 3, yielding the desired invariance results for filtered cylindrical contact homology. Conley-Zehnder index calculations associated to perturbations of prequantization bundles are given in Section 4. Finally, the proof of the Morse-Bott computational result is given in Section 5.


Acknowledgements. I thank Mohammed Abouzaid, Michael Hutchings, and Dusa McDuff for their interest in my work and insightful discussions. I also thank the referee for their helpful comments and suggestions.

1.1 Contact forms, Reeb vector fields, and gradings

Let (M2n1,ξ)(M^{2n-1},\xi) be a co-oriented closed contact manifold of let λ\lambda be a contact form such that ker λ=ξ\lambda=\xi. The contact form λ\lambda uniquely determines the Reeb vector field RλR_{\lambda} by

ι(Rλ)dλ=0,λ(Rλ)=1.\iota(R_{\lambda})d\lambda=0,\ \ \ \lambda(R_{\lambda})=1.

A (closed) Reeb orbit γ\gamma of period TT with T>0T>0, associated to RλR_{\lambda} is defined to be a map

γ:/TM\gamma:\mathbb{R}/T\mathbb{Z}\to M

satisfying

γ˙(t)=Rλ(γ(t)),γ(0)=γ(T).\dot{\gamma}(t)=R_{\lambda}(\gamma(t)),\ \ \ \gamma(0)=\gamma(T).

Two Reeb orbits are considered equivalent if they differ by reparametrization, i.e. precomposition with any translation of /T\mathbb{R}/T\mathbb{Z} corresponding to the choice of a starting point for the orbit.

A Reeb orbit is said to be simple or equivalently, embedded, whenever the map γ:/TM\gamma:\mathbb{R}/T\mathbb{Z}\to M is injective. If γ:/TM\gamma\colon\mathbb{R}/T\mathbb{Z}\to M is a simple Reeb orbit of period TT and kk a positive integer, then we denote γk\gamma^{k} to be the kk-fold cover or iterate of γ\gamma, meaning γk\gamma^{k} is the composition of γ\gamma with /kT/T\mathbb{R}/kT\mathbb{Z}\to\mathbb{R}/T\mathbb{Z} and has period kTkT. We denote the the Reeb flow by φt\varphi_{t}, i.e. φ˙t=Rλ(φt).\dot{\varphi}_{t}=R_{\lambda}(\varphi_{t}).

A Reeb orbit is said to be nondegenerate whenever the linearized return map of the flow along γ\gamma,

dφT:(ξγ(0),dλ)(ξγ(T)=γ(0),dλ)d\varphi_{T}:(\xi_{\gamma(0)},d\lambda)\to(\xi_{\gamma(T)=\gamma(0)},d\lambda)

has no eigenvalue equal to 1. If all the Reeb orbits associated to λ\lambda are nondegenerate then λ\lambda is said to be a nondegenerate contact form.

The linearized flow of a TT-periodic Reeb orbit γ\gamma yields a path of symplectic matrices given by

dφt:ξγ(0)ξγ(t),t[0,T].d\varphi_{t}:\xi_{\gamma(0)}\to\xi_{\gamma(t)},\ t\in[0,T].

One can compute the Conley-Zehnder index of dφt,t[0,T],d\varphi_{t},\ t\in[0,T], however this index is typically dependent on the choice of trivialization Φ\Phi of ξ\xi along γ\gamma used in linearizing the Reeb flow. There is, however, always a canonical 2\mathbb{Z}_{2}-grading due to the axiomatic properties of the Conley-Zehnder index [RS93, SZ92]. For (M2n1,ξ)(M^{2n-1},\xi) this grading is obtained via

(1)μCZ(γ)=(1)n1signdet(𝟙Ψ(T)),(-1)^{\mu_{CZ}(\gamma)}=(-1)^{n-1}\mbox{sign}\det(\mathds{1}-\Psi(T)), (1.1.1)

where Ψ(t)t[0,T]Sp(2n2)\Psi(t)_{t\in[0,T]}\in\mbox{Sp}(2n-2) is the linearized flow restricted to ξ\xi along a TT-periodic Reeb orbit γ\gamma with respect to the choice of symplectic trivialization Φ\Phi of ξ\xi.

In dimension three, one can classify a nondegenerate Reeb orbit γ\gamma as being one of three types, depending on the eigenvalues Λ\Lambda, Λ1\Lambda^{-1} of the linearized flow return map dφT|ξd\varphi_{T}|_{\xi}:

  1. γ\gamma is elliptic if Λ,Λ1:=e±2πiθ\Lambda,\Lambda^{-1}:=e^{\pm 2\pi i\theta};

  2. γ\gamma is positive hyperbolic if Λ,Λ1>0\Lambda,\Lambda^{-1}>0;

  3. γ\gamma is negative hyperbolic if Λ,Λ1<0\Lambda,\Lambda^{-1}<0.

The parity of the Conley-Zehnder index does not depend on the choice of trivialization and is even when γ\gamma is positive hyperbolic and odd otherwise, yielding the canonical 2\mathbb{Z}_{2} grading in dimension 3.

We will further need to classify Reeb orbits whose Conley-Zehnder index changes parity under iteration, a phenomenon which is always independent of the choice of trivialization.

Definition 1.2.

The mm-fold closed Reeb orbit γm\gamma^{m} is bad if it is the mm-fold iterate of a simple Reeb orbit γ\gamma such that the difference μCZ(γm)μCZ(γ)\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{m})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma) of their Conley-Zehnder indices is odd. If a Reeb orbit is not bad then it is deemed to be a good Reeb orbit.

In dimension three, the set of bad orbits consists solely of the even iterates of simple negative hyperbolic orbits. In higher dimensions, bad orbits can only arise from even multiple covers of nondegenerate simple orbits whose linearized return flow has an odd number of pairs of negative real eigenvalues (λ,λ1)(\lambda,\lambda^{-1}). The set of all Reeb orbits in the free homotopy class Γ\Gamma is denoted by 𝒫(λ;Γ)\mathscr{P}({\lambda;\Gamma}), and the set of good Reeb orbits in a free homotopy class Γ\Gamma is denoted by 𝒫good(λ;Γ)\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda;\Gamma).

In certain cases, one can upgrade the canonical 2\mathbb{Z}_{2}-grading. For any λ\lambda-compatible JJ, the symplectic vector bundle (ξ,dλ,J)(\xi,d\lambda,J) has a natural U(n1)U(n-1) structure. Since this bundle is a (almost) complex bundle, we can take its highest exterior power, which is the anticanonical bundle of MM and denoted by 𝒦\mathcal{K}^{*}. The dual of 𝒦\mathcal{K}^{*} is the canonical bundle. If c1(ξ;)=0H2(M;)c_{1}(\xi;\mathbb{Z})=0\in H^{2}(M;\mathbb{Z}) then one can trivialize the anticanonical bundle 𝒦\mathcal{K}^{*}. Let

Φ~:𝒦TM×\widetilde{\Phi}:\mathcal{K}^{*}\to TM\times\mathbb{C}

be a choice of such a trivialization. This amounts to specifying a global complex volume form on ×M\mathbb{R}\times M. If H1(M;)=0H^{1}(M;\mathbb{Q})=0 then Φ~\widetilde{\Phi} (as well as any complex volume form) is unique up to homotopy. Now we can insist than any local trivialization Φ\Phi of ξ\xi, which can be used to linearize the Reeb flow along γ\gamma must agree with our ``canonically" determined trivialization Φ~\widetilde{\Phi}. This gives rise to an absolute \mathbb{Z}-grading on the Reeb orbits.

In this case one can sensibly refer to the Conley-Zehnder index of a Reeb orbit γ\gamma, obtaining a \mathbb{Z}-grading on the Reeb orbits given by

|γ|=μCZΦ(γ)+n3.|\gamma|=\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma)+n-3. (1.1.2)

Here μCZΦ(γ):=μCZ(dφt)|t[0,T]\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma):=\mu_{CZ}(d\varphi_{t})\arrowvert_{t\in[0,T]} is the Conley-Zehnder index of the path of symplectic matrices obtained from the linearization of the flow along γ\gamma, restricted to ξ\xi. If c1(ξ;)=0c_{1}(\xi;\mathbb{Z})=0 and H1(M;)0H^{1}(M;\mathbb{Q})\neq 0 then there is more than one homotopy class of trivializations associated to the complex line bundle that is the canonical representation of c1(ξ)-c_{1}(\xi), resulting in different choices of complex volume forms on (×M,d(eτλ),J)(\mathbb{R}\times M,d(e^{\tau}\lambda),{J}). If c1(ξ;)=0c_{1}(\xi;\mathbb{Q})=0 one can obtain a fractional \mathbb{Z}-grading, see [McL16, §3-4] [Se00, Se06].

If we have that c1(ξ;)c_{1}(\xi;\mathbb{Z}) vanishes on π2(M)\pi_{2}(M) then for each contractible Reeb orbit γ\gamma we can define the Conley-Zehnder index γ\gamma by μCZ(γ)=μCZΦ(γ)\mu_{CZ}(\gamma)=\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma), where Φ\Phi is a trivialization of ξγ\xi_{\gamma} which extends to a trivialization of ξ\xi over a disk bounded by γ\gamma of contractible loops there is a \mathbb{Z}-grading. Should c1(ξ;)=0c_{1}(\xi;\mathbb{Q})=0 and H1(M;)=0H^{1}(M;\mathbb{Q})=0 then the trivialization of ξ\xi along a contractible closed Reeb orbit that extends to a capping disk will coincide with the homotopy class of the trivialization induced by a global complex volume form [McL16, Lemma 4.3].

It is important to note that our trivializations are fixed up to homotopy; that is trivializations over iterated orbits must be homotopic to the iterated trivializations. When the trivialization Φ~\widetilde{\Phi} is available globally as when c1(ξ;)=0c_{1}(\xi;\mathbb{Z})=0 this is straightforward, otherwise care must be taken in specifying local trivializations.

We now give the definition of a dynamically convex contact form, a notion due to Hofer, Wysocki, and Zehnder. This definition necessitates that the Conley-Zehnder index of contractible periodic orbits of the Reeb vector field be well-defined without any reference to a specific homotopy class of discs spanned by the orbits. This necessitates for every map v:S2Mv:S^{2}\to M that the integer c1(vξ)([S2])c_{1}(v^{*}\xi)([S^{2}]) vanishes. The stipulation that c1(vξ)([S2])0c_{1}(v^{*}\xi)([S^{2}])\equiv 0 is equivalent to ψξ0\psi_{\xi}\equiv 0, where ψξ\psi_{\xi} is the natural homomorphism defined by

ψξ:π2(M),[σ]c1(vξ).\begin{array}[]{crcl}\psi_{\xi}:&\pi_{2}(M)&\to&\mathbb{Z},\\ &[\sigma]&\mapsto&c_{1}(v^{*}\xi).\\ \end{array} (1.1.3)
Definition 1.3.

Let λ\lambda be a nondegenerate contact form on a closed 3-manifold MM. We say that λ\lambda is dynamically convex whenever

  • λ\lambda admits no contractible Reeb orbits, or

  • The map from (1.1.3) satisfies ψξ=0\psi_{\xi}=0 and every contractible Reeb orbit γ\gamma satisfies μCZ(γ)3\mu_{CZ}(\gamma)\geq 3.

If MM is a compact star-shaped hypersurface in 4\mathbb{R}^{4} then

λ=12j=12(xjdyjyjdxj)\lambda=\frac{1}{2}\sum_{j=1}^{2}\left(x_{j}dy_{j}-y_{j}dx_{j}\right)

restricts to a contact form on MM. In [HWZ99] it is shown that if MM convex, and if λ\lambda is nondegenerate then λ\lambda is dynamically convex. This property was used to give a remarkable characterization of the tight 3-sphere [HWZ99, Theorem 1.5].

We are also interested in contact forms which do not admit contractible Reeb orbits. A contact form λ\lambda on M2n1M^{2n-1} is said to be hypertight whenever the Reeb vector field associated to λ\lambda admits no contractible Reeb orbits. While historically inaccurate, we take the class of dynamically convex contact forms to include the set of hypertight contact forms.

1.2 Dynamically separated contact forms

The differentials (when well-defined) on the chain complex defining cylindrical contact homology preserve the free homotopy classes of Reeb orbits since they count cylinders which project to homotopies in MM between the Reeb orbits. Furthermore, the chain maps (when well-defined) also preserve the free homotopy classes of Reeb orbits. The dynamically separated condition gives control on the Conley-Zehnder index of iterates of Reeb orbits in a specified non-primitive free homotopy class. This permits us to achieve transversality for certain multiply covered cylinders in cobordisms and esnure that no noncylindrical levels are present in compactifications of curves to pseudoholomorphic buildings.

First we recall some preliminary notions with regard to free homotopy classes of loops. Fix a closed contact three manifold (M,ξ)(M,\xi). A primitive homotopy class of loops Γπ0(ΩM)\Gamma\in\pi_{0}(\Omega M) means that Γ\Gamma is not equal to kΓk\Gamma^{\prime} for any Γπ0(ΩM)\Gamma^{\prime}\in\pi_{0}(\Omega M) and an integer k>1k>1. As explained in [Wen-SFT, §10], all pseudoholomorphic cylinders interpolating between closed primitive Reeb orbits are somewhere injective, and hence regular provided JJ is generic.

One can define and obtain topological invariance of cylindrical contact homology with ``classical" methods for the following important subclass of hypertight contact forms in any dimension.

Definition 1.4 (Def. 10.16 [Wen-SFT]).

Given a contact manifold (M2n1,ξ)(M^{2n-1},\xi) and a primitive homotopy class Γπ0(ΩM)\Gamma\in\pi_{0}(\Omega M) we say that a contact form λ\lambda for ξ\xi is Γ\Gamma-admissible if all the Reeb orbits homotopic to Γ\Gamma are nondegenerate and there are no contractible Reeb orbits.

Remark 1.5.

Standard SFT compactness [BEHWZ] does not apply for sequences of pseudoholomorphic cylinders in the symplectization of a Γ\Gamma-admissible contact manifold. However, Wendl gives a direct proof of the desired result in [Wen-SFT, Prop. 10.19].

In dimension three, this paper provides a means of defining cylindrical contact homology for non-primitive homotopy classes subject to the dynamically separated condition. The definition of dynamically separated necessitates that c1(kerλ)=0c_{1}(\ker\lambda)=0 if there is more than one Reeb orbit in each free non-primitive homotopy class so that a \mathbb{Z}-grading is available. We first give the definition of dynamically separated when all Reeb orbits are contractible.

Definition 1.6.

Let (M,λ)(M,\lambda) be a contact 3-manifold with c1(kerλ)=0c_{1}(\ker\lambda)=0 such that all the Reeb orbits of RλR_{\lambda} are contractible. Then λ\lambda is said to be dynamically separated whenever the following conditions hold.

  1. (I)

    If γ\gamma is a closed simple Reeb orbit then 3μCZ(γ)53\leq\mu_{CZ}({\gamma})\leq 5;

  2. (II)

    If γk\gamma^{k} is the kk-fold cover of a simple orbit γ\gamma then μCZ(γk)=μCZ(γk1)+4.\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k})=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k-1})+4.

The presence of noncontractible non-primitive Reeb orbits necessitates that we must keep track of the free homotopy class of a non-primitive Reeb orbit after each iteration of the underlying simple orbit. This is particularly important if the simple orbit is a torsion element of π0(ΩM)\pi_{0}(\Omega M), and some of if its iterates are contractible, as is the case for lens spaces, see Example 1.35. This bookkeeping is important when ruling out breaking phenomena in Section 3 and is used to define the following analogue of Condition II with respect to a free homotopy class Γπ0(ΩM)\Gamma\in\pi_{0}(\Omega M).

Definition 1.7.

Let (M,λ)(M,\lambda) be a contact 3-manifold with c1(kerλ)=0c_{1}(\ker\lambda)=0. Let γ\gamma be a simple Reeb orbit. For each free homotopy class Γ\Gamma, let

1k1(Γ,γ)<k2(Γ,γ)<<ki(Γ,γ)<1\leq k_{1}(\Gamma,\gamma)<k_{2}(\Gamma,\gamma)<...<k_{i}(\Gamma,\gamma)<...

be the (possibly empty or infinite) list of all integers such that all the ki(Γ,γ)k_{i}(\Gamma,\gamma)-fold covers of γ\gamma lie in the same free homotopy class Γ\Gamma. We will use Γ=0\Gamma=0 to represent the class of contractible orbits. A contact form λ\lambda is said to be dynamically separated whenever the following conditions are satisfied.

  1. (I.i)

    For the class of contractible orbits, Γ=0\Gamma=0, we have 3μCZ(γk1(0,γ))53\leq\mu_{CZ}({\gamma^{k_{1}(0,\gamma)}})\leq 5;

  2. (I.ii)

    For each non-primitive Γ0\Gamma\neq 0 there exists m(Γ,γ)>0m(\Gamma,\gamma)\in\mathbb{Z}_{>0} such that 2m1μCZ(γk1(Γ,γ))2m+12m-1\leq\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k_{1}(\Gamma,\gamma)})\leq 2m+1;

  3. (II)

    For each non-primitive free homotopy class Γ\Gamma we have μCZ(γki+1(Γ,γ))=μCZ(γki(Γ,γ))+4.\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k_{i+1}(\Gamma,\gamma)})=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k_{i}(\Gamma,\gamma)})+4.

We note that (I.ii) is equivalent to requiring that μCZ(γk1(c,γ))\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k_{1}(c,\gamma)}) is a positive integer for each non-primitive c0c\neq 0. We have expressed this condition more pedantically to stress that the first iterates of a simple Reeb orbit representing different non-primitive free homotopy classes need not have their Conley-Zehnder index agree.

For computational methods it is often practical to consider contact forms which will be dynamically separated up to (large) action, which is proportional to the index. This modification is explained in the following definition and we note that many Morse-Bott contact forms can be made dynamically separated up to large action by a small perturbation.

Definition 1.8.

A contact form λ\lambda is said to be LL-dynamically separated whenever the following conditions are satisfied.

  1. (I.i)

    For the class of contractible orbits, Γ=0\Gamma=0, we have 3μCZ(γk1(0,γ))53\leq\mu_{CZ}({\gamma^{k_{1}(0,\gamma)}})\leq 5 and

    𝒜(γk1(0,γ);λ):=γk1(0,γ)λ<L;\mathcal{A}(\gamma^{k_{1}(0,\gamma)};\lambda):=\int_{\gamma^{k_{1}(0,\gamma)}}\lambda<{L};
  2. (I.ii)

    For each non-primitive Γ0\Gamma\neq 0 there exists m(Γ,γ)>0m(\Gamma,\gamma)\in\mathbb{Z}_{>0} such that 2m1μCZ(γk1(Γ,γ))2m+12m-1\leq\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k_{1}(\Gamma,\gamma)})\leq 2m+1 and

    𝒜(γk1(Γ,γ);λ):=γk1(Γ,γ)λ<L;\mathcal{A}(\gamma^{k_{1}(\Gamma,\gamma)};\lambda):=\int_{\gamma^{k_{1}(\Gamma,\gamma)}}\lambda<{L};
  3. (II)

    For each non-primitive free homotopy class Γ\Gamma we have μCZ(γki+1(Γ,γ))=μCZ(γki(Γ,γ))+4,\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k_{i+1}(\Gamma,\gamma)})=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k_{i}(\Gamma,\gamma)})+4, whenever

    𝒜(γki+1(Γ,γ);λ):=γki+1(Γ,γ)λ<L.\mathcal{A}(\gamma^{k_{i+1}(\Gamma,\gamma)};\lambda):=\int_{\gamma^{k_{i+1}(\Gamma,\gamma)}}\lambda<{L}.

Examples of LL-nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms arise naturally from prequantization bundles; see Section 1.6.

1.3 Cylindrical contact homology

We say that an almost complex structure JJ on ×Y\mathbb{R}\times Y is λ\lambda-compatible if J(ξ)=ξJ(\xi)=\xi; dλ(v,Jv)>0d\lambda(v,Jv)>0 for nonzero vξv\in\xi; JJ is invariant under translation of the \mathbb{R} factor; and J(τ)=RJ(\frac{\partial}{\partial\tau})=R, where τ\tau denotes the \mathbb{R} coordinate. In the following it should be assumed that we have chosen such a JJ generically.

If γ+\gamma_{+} and γ\gamma_{-} are Reeb orbits, we consider JJ-holomorphic cylinders between them, namely maps

u(s,t):=(a(s,t),f(s,t)):(×S1,j0)(×M,J)u(s,t):=(a(s,t),f(s,t)):(\mathbb{R}\times S^{1},j_{0})\to(\mathbb{R}\times M,{J})

satisfying the Cauchy-Riemann equation,

¯j,Ju:=du+Jduj0,\bar{\partial}_{j,J}u:=du+J\circ du\circ j\equiv 0,

such that lims±π(u(s,t))=±\lim_{s\to\pm_{\infty}}\pi_{\mathbb{R}}(u(s,t))=\pm\infty, and lims±πY(u(s,))\lim_{s\to\pm\infty}\pi_{Y}(u(s,\cdot)) is a parametrization of γ±\gamma_{\pm}. Here π\pi_{\mathbb{R}} and πY\pi_{Y} denote the projections from ×Y\mathbb{R}\times Y to \mathbb{R} and YY respectively.

We declare two maps to be equivalent if they differ by translation and rotation of the domain ×S1\mathbb{R}\times S^{1} and denote the set of equivalence classes by ^J(γ+;γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}({\gamma_{+}};{\gamma_{-}}). Note that \mathbb{R} acts on ^J(γ+;γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}({\gamma_{+}};{\gamma_{-}}) by translation of the \mathbb{R} factor in ×Y\mathbb{R}\times Y. We denote

J(γ+,γ):=^J(γ+;γ)/.{\mathcal{M}}^{J}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-}):=\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}({\gamma_{+}};{\gamma_{-}})/\mathbb{R}.

Given uu as above, with respect to a suitable trivialization Φ\Phi of ξ\xi over γ+\gamma_{+} and γ\gamma_{-}, we define the Fredholm index of uu by

ind(u)=μCZΦ(γ+)μCZΦ(γ)+2c1Φ(uξ).\mbox{ind}(u)=\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma_{+})-\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma_{-})+2c_{1}^{\Phi}(u^{*}\xi).

The significance of the Fredholm index is that if JJ is generic and uu is somewhere injective, then ^J(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-}) is naturally a manifold near uu of dimension ind(u)\mbox{ind}(u). Let ^kJ(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}_{k}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-}) denote the set of u^J(γ+,γ)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-}) with ind(u)=k\mbox{ind}(u)=k.

The cylindrical contact homology chain complex CEGH(M,λ,J)C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J) is generated by all nondegenerate closed good Reeb orbits of RλR_{\lambda} over \mathbb{Q}-coefficients, with grading determined by (1.1.2). Bad Reeb orbits must be excluded from the chain group because of issues involving orientations and invariance. For a more detailed discussion on other choices of coefficients see Remark 1.12.

The chain complex splits over the free homotopy classes Γπ0(ΩM)\Gamma\in\pi_{0}(\Omega M) of Reeb orbits because the differentials are defined via a weighted count of rigid pseudoholomorphic cylinders interpolating between two closed Reeb orbits. We denote the subcomplex involving Reeb orbits in the class Γ\Gamma by CEGH(M,λ,J,Γ)C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J,\Gamma).

The differential is given in terms of a weighted count of the elements of the moduli space of rigid cylinders ^1J(γ+,γ)/\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}_{1}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-})/\mathbb{R}. The weights arise because γ+{\gamma_{+}} and γ{\gamma_{-}} may be multiply covered Reeb orbits, which means that ^1J(γ+,γ)/\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}_{1}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-})/\mathbb{R} may consist of multiply covered curves

Definition 1.9 (Multiplicities of orbits and curves).

If γ~\widetilde{\gamma} is a closed Reeb orbit, which is a kk-fold cover of a simple orbit γ\gamma, then the multiplicity of the Reeb orbit γ~\widetilde{\gamma} is defined to be m(γ~)=k\mbox{m}(\widetilde{\gamma})=k and m(γ)=1\mbox{m}(\gamma)=1. The multiplicity of a pseudoholomorphic curve is 1 if it is somewhere injective. If the pseudoholomorphic curve uu is multiply covered then it factors through a somewhere injective curve vv and a holomorphic covering φ:(×S1,j0)(×S1,j0),\varphi:(\mathbb{R}\times S^{1},j_{0})\to(\mathbb{R}\times S^{1},j_{0}), e.g. u=vφu=v\circ\varphi. The multiplicity of uu is defined to be m(u):=deg(φ).\mbox{m}(u):=\mbox{deg}(\varphi). If uJ(γ+;γ)u\in{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}};{\gamma_{-}}) then m(u)m(u) divides both m(γ+)\mbox{m}({\gamma_{+}}) and m(γ)\mbox{m}({\gamma_{-}}).

We define the operators

κ:CEGH(M,λ,J)CEGH(M,λ,J)xm(x)x\begin{array}[]{ccll}\kappa:&C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J)&\to&C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J)\\ &x&\mapsto&\mbox{m}(x)x\\ \end{array}

and

δ:CEGH(M,λ,J)C1EGH(M,λ,J)xy𝒫good(λ)u^1J(x;y)/ϵ(u)m(u)y.\begin{array}[]{ccll}\delta:&C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J)&\to&C^{EGH}_{*-1}(M,\lambda,J)\\ &x&\mapsto&\displaystyle\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}y\in\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda)\\ u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}_{1}(x;y)/\mathbb{R}\end{subarray}}\dfrac{\epsilon(u)}{\mbox{m}(u)}y.\\ \end{array} (1.3.1)

The differentials are defined by

EGH:=κδ:CEGH(M,λ,J)C1EGH(M,λ,J)xy𝒫good(λ)u^1J(x;y)/(ϵ(u)m(y)m(u))y\begin{array}[]{ccll}\partial^{EGH}_{-}:=\kappa\circ\delta\ \colon&C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J)&\to&C^{EGH}_{*-1}(M,\lambda,J)\\ &x&\mapsto&\displaystyle\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}y\in\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda)\\ u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}_{1}(x;y)/\mathbb{R}\end{subarray}}\left(\epsilon(u)\frac{\mbox{m}({y})}{\mbox{m}(u)}\right)y\\ \end{array} (1.3.2)

and

+EGH:=δκ:CEGH(M,λ,J)C1EGH(M,λ,J)xy𝒫good(λ)u^1J(x;y)/(ϵ(u)m(x)m(u))y,\begin{array}[]{ccll}\partial^{EGH}_{+}:=\delta\circ\kappa\ \colon&C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J)&\to&C^{EGH}_{*-1}(M,\lambda,J)\\ &x&\mapsto&\displaystyle\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}y\in\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda)\\ u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}_{1}(x;y)/\mathbb{R}\end{subarray}}\left(\epsilon(u)\frac{\mbox{m}({x})}{\mbox{m}(u)}\right)y,\\ \end{array} (1.3.3)

where ϵ(u)=±1\epsilon(u)=\pm 1 depends on a choice of coherent orientations. Coherent orientations for symplectic field theory can be found in [BM04], with additional exposition in [HN2, §A]. A different choice of coherent orientations will lead to different signs in the differential, but the chain complexes will be canonically isomorphic.

Remark 1.10 (Well-definedness of the differentials).

In order to ensure that both of the expressions (1.3.2) and (1.3.3) are meaningful, i.e. that the counts of curves are finite, one must have proven that all moduli spaces of relevance can be cut out transversely.

Remark 1.11 (Existence of Orientations).

When the moduli space ^J(x;y)/\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(x;y)/\mathbb{R} is a manifold, it can only be oriented by a choice of coherent orientations as in [BM04], provided both xx and yy are good orbits.

Remark 1.12 (Choices of coefficients).

The homologies, H(CEGH(M,λ,J),±EGH)H_{*}(C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J),\partial^{EGH}_{\pm}) are equivalent over \mathbb{Q}-coefficients, provided sufficient transversality holds to define the chain complexes and obtain invariance. The isomorphism between these two chain complexes is then given by κ\kappa because (κδ)κ=κ(δκ).(\kappa\delta)\kappa=\kappa(\delta\kappa). As a result we denote

CHEGH(M,λ,J):=H(CEGH(M,λ,J),±EGH)CH_{*}^{EGH}(M,\lambda,J):=H_{*}(C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J),\partial^{EGH}_{\pm})

While one can always define either differential for cylindrical contact homology over 2\mathbb{Z}_{2} or \mathbb{Z}-coefficients because the weighted expression is always integral, one needs to work over \mathbb{Q} in order to define the chain maps between the respective complexes (CEGH(M,λ,J),±EGH)(C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J),\partial^{EGH}_{\pm}). In the case of dynamically separated contact forms λ\lambda we have EGH+EGH\partial_{-}^{EGH}\equiv\partial_{+}^{EGH} because for any u^1J(x;y)/u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}_{1}(x;y)/\mathbb{R}, m(x)=m(y)\mbox{m}(x)=\mbox{m}(y). In this case the contact homologies are trivially isomorphic over 2\mathbb{Z}_{2} and \mathbb{Z}-coefficients.

Remark 1.13 (Exclusion of bad Reeb orbits).

One must exclude bad Reeb orbits from the chain complex as their inclusion obstructs the proof of invariance, assuming sufficient transversality existed in the first place; see the period doubling example explained in [HN2, §6.3].

Cylindrical contact homology is well-defined for any primitive homotopy class Γπ0(ΩM)\Gamma\in\pi_{0}(\Omega M) and closed contact manifold (M2n1,ξ)(M^{2n-1},\xi) which is Γ\Gamma-admissible. It is also invariant under contactomorphisms in the following sense. Here CHEGH(M,λ,J,Γ)CH_{*}^{EGH}(M,\lambda,J,\Gamma) represents the homology of subcomplex generated by the Reeb orbits in the free homotopy class Γ\Gamma.

Theorem 1.14 (Prop. 10.21, 10.24 [Wen-SFT]).

Let M2n1M^{2n-1} be a closed manifold and Γπ0(ΩM)\Gamma\in\pi_{0}(\Omega M) be a primitive homotopy class of loops. Then for a Γ\Gamma-admissible contact form λ\lambda and generic λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structure the operator δ\delta in (1.3.1) is well-defined and satisfies δκδ=0\delta\kappa\delta=0. Suppose φ:(M0,ξ0)(M1,ξ1)\varphi:(M_{0},\xi_{0})\to(M_{1},\xi_{1}) is a contactomorphism with φΓ0=Γ1\varphi_{*}\Gamma_{0}=\Gamma_{1}, where Γ0\Gamma_{0} is a primitive homotopy class of loops and (M1,ξ1)(M_{1},\xi_{1}) is Γ1\Gamma_{1}-admissible. Then (M0,ξ0)(M_{0},\xi_{0}) is Γ0\Gamma_{0}-admissible, and CHEGH(M0,ξ0,Γ0)CHEGH(M1,ξ1,Γ1)CH_{*}^{EGH}(M_{0},\xi_{0},\Gamma_{0})\cong CH_{*}^{EGH}(M_{1},\xi_{1},\Gamma_{1}).

In [HN16, Theorem 1.3] we proved the following.

Theorem 1.15.

Let λ\lambda be a nondegenerate dynamically convex contact form on a closed 3-manifold MM. Suppose further that:

(*) A contractible Reeb orbit γ\gamma has μCZ(γ)=3\mu_{CZ}(\gamma)=3 only if γ\gamma is embedded.

Then for generic λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structures JJ on ×M\mathbb{R}\times M, the operator δ\delta in (1.3.1) is well-defined and satisfies δκδ=0\delta\kappa\delta=0, so that (CEGH(M,λ,J),±EGH)(C^{EGH}_{*}(M,\lambda,J),\partial^{EGH}_{\pm}) is a well-defined chain complex.

In [HN2] we establish invariance of cylindrical contact homology in the hypertight case. This is achieved this by breaking the S1S^{1}-symmetry and using domain dependent almost complex structures, which necessitates the construction of nonequivariant contact homology NCH(M,ξ;)NCH_{*}(M,\xi;\mathbb{Z}) and a family Floer S1S^{1}-equivariant version of the nonequivaraint theory CHS1(M,ξ;)CH_{*}^{S^{1}}(M,\xi;\mathbb{Z}). We show that these theories do not depend on the choice of contact form or choice of S1S^{1}-dependent (resp. S1S^{1}-equivariant S1×ES1S^{1}\times ES^{1}-dependent) family of almost complex structures. More precisely we show the following.

Theorem 1.16 (Theorem 1.6 [HN2]).

Let Y2n1Y^{2n-1} be a closed manifold, and λ\lambda and λ\lambda^{\prime} be nondegenerate hypertight contact forms on YY with ker(λ)=ker(λ)\mbox{\em ker}(\lambda)=\mbox{\em ker}(\lambda^{\prime}). Let 𝔍\mathfrak{J} be a generic S1S^{1}-equivariant S1×ES1S^{1}\times ES^{1}-family of λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structures, and let 𝔍\mathfrak{J}^{\prime} be a generic S1S^{1}-equivariant S1×ES1S^{1}\times ES^{1}-family of λ\lambda^{\prime}-compatible almost complex structures. Then there is a canonical isomorphism

CHS1(Y,λ,𝔍;)=CHS1(Y,λ,𝔍;).CH_{*}^{S^{1}}(Y,\lambda,\mathfrak{J};\mathbb{Z})=CH_{*}^{S^{1}}(Y,\lambda^{\prime},\mathfrak{J}^{\prime};\mathbb{Z}).

This will be upgraded to allow for dynamically convex contact forms in dimension three in [HN3].

Next, suppose that JJ is a λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structure on ×Y\mathbb{R}\times Y which satisfies the transversality conditions needed to define cylindrical contact homology, see [HN2, Def. 1.1]. We show how to then compute the S1S^{1}-equivariant contact homology using an automonomous family of almost complex structures. (In general, a slight perturbation of the autonomous family might be needed to obtain the transversality necessary to define the S1S^{1}-equivariant differential. See [HN2, §5.2] for details.) We then show that the S1S^{1}-equivariant theory, when tensored with \mathbb{Q}, is isomorphic to the cylindrical contact homology proposed by Eliashberg-Givental-Hofer, when the latter can be defined.

Theorem 1.17 (Theorem 1.9 [HN2]).

Let YY be a closed manifold, let λ\lambda be a nondegenerate hypertight contact form on YY, and write ξ=ker(λ)\xi=\mbox{\em ker}(\lambda). Let JJ be an almost complex structure on ×Y\mathbb{R}\times Y which is admissible (see [HN2, Def. 5.2]). Then there is a canonical isomorphism

CHS1(Y,ξ;)=CHEGH(Y,λ,J).CH_{*}^{S^{1}}(Y,\xi;\mathbb{Z})\otimes\mathbb{Q}=CH_{*}^{EGH}(Y,\lambda,J).
Corollary 1.18.

CHEGHCH_{*}^{EGH} is an invariant of closed contact manifolds (Y,ξ)(Y,\xi) for which there exists a pair (λ,J)(\lambda,J) where λ\lambda is a nondegenerate hypertight contact form with ker(λ)=ξ\mbox{\em ker}(\lambda)=\xi, and JJ is an admissible λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structure.

Again, we will upgrade these results to hold for dynamically convex contact forms in dimension three in [HN3]. In contrast to [HN2, HN3], this paper is concerned with the more restricted class of dynamically separated contact forms which allows us to directly obtain regularity for S1S^{1}-independent pseudoholomorphic cylinders in cobordisms.

1.4 Filtered cylindrical contact homology

The action of a Reeb orbit γ\gamma is given by 𝒜(γ):=γλ.\mathcal{A}(\gamma):=\int_{\gamma}\lambda.. Since JJ is a λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structure on the symplectization it follows [Ne15, Lem. 2.18] that the cylindrical contact homology differential(s) decreases the action, e.g. if ±γ+,γ0\langle\partial_{\pm}\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-}\rangle\neq 0 then 𝒜(γ+)>𝒜(γ)\mathcal{A}(\gamma_{+})>\mathcal{A}(\gamma_{-}).

Thus, given any real number LL it makes sense to define the filtered cylindrical contact homology, denoted by CHEGH,L(M,λ,J)CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda,J), to be the homology of the subcomplex CEGH,L(M,λ,J)C_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda,J) of the chain complex spanned by generators of action less than LL. The invariance of these filtered cylindrical contact homology groups is more subtle than in the unfiltered case, as they typically depend on the choice of contact form, cf. [HT13, Thm 1.3]. We elucidate this point further.

There are various natural maps defined on filtered cylindrical contact homology, which we will also explore from a computational perspective in Section 5.2. First, if L<LL<L^{\prime} there is a map

ιJL,L:CHEGH,L(M,λ,J)CHEGH,L(M,λ,J)\iota_{J}^{L,L^{\prime}}:CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda,J)\to CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda,J) (1.4.1)

induced by the inclusion of chain complexes. Given sufficient regularity, the cylindrical contact homology can be recovered from the filtered contact homology by taking the direct limit over LL,

CHEGH(M,λ,J):=limLCHEGH,L(M,λ,J).CH_{*}^{EGH}(M,\lambda,J):=\lim_{L\to\infty}CH_{*}^{{EGH,L}}(M,\lambda,J). (1.4.2)

In addition, if cc is a positive constant, then there is a canonical ``scaling" isomorphism

sJ:CHEGH,L(M,λ,J)CHEGH,cL(M,cλ,Jc),s_{J}:CH_{*}^{{EGH,L}}(M,\lambda,J)\overset{\simeq}{\longrightarrow}CH_{*}^{{EGH,cL}}(M,c\lambda,J^{c}), (1.4.3)

where JcJ^{c} is defined to agree with JJ when restricted to the contact planes ξ\xi. This is because the chain complexes on both sides have the same generators and the self-diffeomorphism of ×M\mathbb{R}\times M sending (s,y)(cs,y)(s,y)\mapsto(cs,y) induces a bijection between the JJ-holomorphic curves and JcJ^{c}-holomorphic curves.

To define CHEGH,L(M,λ,J)CH^{EGH,L}_{*}(M,\lambda,J) one does not need the full assumption that λ\lambda is nondegenerate; the below weaker notion in conjunction with the LL-dynamically separated or LL-dynamically convex assumption will suffice.

Definition 1.19.

The contact form λ\lambda is LL-nondegenerate if all Reeb orbits of action less than LL are nondegenerate and there is no Reeb orbit of action exactly LL. An LL-nondegenerate dynamically separated contact form is one which is both LL-nondegenerate and LL-dynamically separated.

If λ\lambda is LL-hypertight, but possibly degenerate, and if λ\lambda does not have any Reeb orbit of action equal to LL, then one can still define the filtered cylindrical contact homology, nonequivariant, or S1S^{1}-equivariant contact homology by letting λ\lambda^{\prime} be a small LL-nondegenerate and LL-hypertight perturbation of λ\lambda, see [HN2, §1.6]. This does not depend on the choice of λ\lambda^{\prime} if the perturbation is sufficiently small. With this definition, if λ\lambda is hypertight but possibly degenerate, then we still have the direct limit (1.4.2). We will mimic a similar construction for prequantization bundles in this paper.

We obtain the following theorem, which asserts that under the dynamically separated assumption, filtered cylindrical contact homology and the various maps on it do not depend on JJ. The proof is completed in Section 3.

Theorem 1.20.

Let MM be a closed oriented connected 33-manifold.

(a)

If λ\lambda is an LL-nondegenerate dynamically separated contact form on MM then CHEGH,L(M,λ,J)CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda,J) is well-defined and does not depend on the choice of generic λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structure, so we denote it by CHEGH,L(M,λ)CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda).

(b)

If L<LL<L^{\prime} and if λ\lambda is an LL^{\prime}-nondegenerate dynamically separated contact form on MM, then the maps ιJL,L\iota_{J}^{L,L^{\prime}} in (1.4.1) induce a well-defined map

ιJL,L:CHEGH,L(M,λ)CHEGH,L(M,λ).\iota_{J}^{L,L^{\prime}}:CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda)\to CH_{*}^{{EGH,L^{\prime}}}(M,\lambda).
(c)

If c>0c>0, then the scaling isomorphisms sJs_{J} in (1.4.3) induce a well-defined isomorphism

sJ:CHEGH,L(M,λ)CHEGH,cL(M,cλ)s_{J}:CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda)\overset{\simeq}{\longrightarrow}CH_{*}^{EGH,cL}(M,c\lambda)

In Section 3.4 we show that the filtered cylindrical contact homology and various maps on it do not depend on the choice of ``nearby" LL-nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms.

1.5 Methods and applications for prequantization bundles

A motivating example of dynamically separated condition comes from the following perturbation of the canonical contact form on a prequantization bundle.

Definition 1.21 (Prequantization).

Let (Σ2n2,ω)(\Sigma^{2n-2},\omega) be a closed symplectic manifold such that the cohomology class [ω]/(2π)H2(Σ;)-[\omega]/(2\pi)\in H^{2}(\Sigma;\mathbb{R}) is the image of an integral class eH2(Σ;)e\in H^{2}(\Sigma;\mathbb{Z}). The principle S1S^{1} bundle π:V2n1Σ\pi:V^{2n-1}\to\Sigma with first Chern class ee is the prequantization space. The prequantization space VV admits a contact form which is the real-valued connection 1-form λ\lambda on V whose curvature is ω\omega.

Remark 1.22.

In the above definition, S1S^{1} acts freely on VV with quotient Σ\Sigma and the primary obstruction to finding a section ΣV\Sigma\to V is eH2(Σ;)e\in H^{2}(\Sigma;\mathbb{Z}). The derivative of the S1S^{1} action, denoted RR, is the vector field on VV tangent to the fibers. Moreover λ\lambda is invariant under the S1S^{1} action, λ(R)=1\lambda(R)=1, and dλ=πωd\lambda=\pi^{*}\omega. Thus RR is the Reeb vector field associated to (V,λ)(V,\lambda) and the Reeb orbits are comprised of the fibers of this bundle, by design of period 2π2\pi, and their iterates.

One can perturb the contact form λ\lambda on VV via a lift of a Morse-Smale222We make a slight abuse terminology here, saying that HH Morse-Smale instead of saying that the pair (H,g=ω(,J))(H,g=\omega(\cdot,J\cdot)) is Morse-Smale. function HH which is C2C^{2} close to 1 on the base Σ\Sigma,

λε=(1+επH)λ.\lambda_{\varepsilon}=(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\lambda. (1.5.1)

The cylindrical contact homology can then be expressed in terms of the Morse homology of the base. Details of similar constructions have previously appeared in work of Bourgeois [Bo02] and Vaugon [Va11, §6]. We define the contact form

Lemma 1.23.

The Reeb vector field of λε\lambda_{\varepsilon} is given by

Rε=R1+επH+εX~H(1+επH)2,R_{\varepsilon}=\frac{R}{1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H}+\frac{\varepsilon\widetilde{X}_{H}}{{(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)}^{2}}, (1.5.2)

where XHX_{H} is the Hamiltonian vector field333We use the convention ω(XH,)=dH.\omega(X_{H},\cdot)=dH. on Σ\Sigma and X~H\widetilde{X}_{H} is its horizontal lift.

We have the following formula for the Conley-Zehnder indices of iterates of orbits which project to critical points pp of HH. We denote the kk-fold iterate of an orbit which projects to pCrit(H)p\in\mbox{Crit}(H) by γpk\gamma_{p}^{k}.

Lemma 1.24.

Fix L>0L>0 and HH a Morse-Smale function on Σ\Sigma which is C2C^{2} close to 1. Then there exists ε>0\varepsilon>0 such that all periodic orbits γ\gamma of RεR_{\varepsilon} with action 𝒜(γ)<L\mathcal{A}(\gamma)<L are nondegenerate and project to critical points of HH. The Conley-Zehnder index such a Reeb orbit over pCrit(H)p\in\mbox{\em Crit}(H) is given by

μCZΦ(γpk)=μRSΦ(γk)n+indexpH,\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma_{p}^{k})=\mu^{\Phi}_{RS}(\gamma^{k})-n+\mbox{\em index}_{p}H,

where μRSΦ(γk)\mu^{\Phi}_{RS}(\gamma^{k}) is the Robbin-Salamon index of the kk-fold iterate of the fiber γ=π1(p)\gamma=\pi^{-1}(p).

There is a well known relation between the Maslov index of the fiber γ\gamma and the Chern number of the base (Σ,ω)(\Sigma,\omega), for example in [vKnotes]. If (Σ,ω)(\Sigma,\omega) is the standard (S2,ω0)(S^{2},\omega_{0}) where S2ω0=4π\int_{S^{2}}\omega_{0}=4\pi we have the following result.

Proposition 1.25.

Let (V,λ)(V,\lambda) be the prequantization bundle over the closed symplectic manifold (S2,kω0)(S^{2},k\omega_{0}) for k>0k\in\mathbb{Z}_{>0}. Then (V,ξ)=(L(k,1),ξstd)(V,\xi)=(L(k,1),\xi_{std}) and the kk-fold cover of every simple orbit γ\gamma is contractible and μRSΦ(γk)=4\mu_{RS}^{\Phi}(\gamma^{k})=4.

These results are proven in Section 4, permitting us to conclude that the contact form λε\lambda_{\varepsilon} associated to any prequantization bundle over (S2,kω0)(S^{2},k\omega_{0}) is dynamically separated up to large action. We obtain a natural filtration on both the action and the SFT-grading of Reeb orbits associated to RεR_{\varepsilon}. We investigate this double filtration in Section 5, yielding the following Morse-Bott computational result.

Proposition 1.26.

Under the assumptions of Lemma 1.24, for generic λε\lambda_{\varepsilon}-compatible JεJ_{\varepsilon} and with respect to each free homotopy class Γ\Gamma, the filtered cylindrical contact homology CHEGH,Lε(V,λε,Jε,Γ)CH^{EGH,L_{\varepsilon}}_{*}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},J_{\varepsilon},\Gamma) consists of copies of HMorse(Σ,H;)H_{*}^{\mbox{\tiny Morse}}(\Sigma,H;\mathbb{Q}) with ±EGH=HMorse\partial_{\pm}^{EGH}=\partial_{H}^{\mbox{\tiny Morse}} on each copy.

The use of direct limits in conjunction with the above geometric perturbation allows us avoid the analytic difficulties of directly degenerating moduli spaces of pseudoholomorphic cylinders.

Theorem 1.27.

Let (V,kerλ)(V,\ker\lambda) be a prequantization bundle over an integral closed symplectic surface (Σ2,ω)(\Sigma^{2},\omega). Then with respect to each free homotopy class Γ\Gamma, CHEGH(V,kerλ,Γ)CH^{EGH}_{*}(V,\ker\lambda,\Gamma) consists of an infinite number of appropriately SFT-grading shifted copies of the singular homology of the base.

Remark 1.28 (Applicability to higher genus surfaces).

Prequantization bundles over closed Riemann surfaces Σg\Sigma_{g} with g1g\geq 1 are not dynamically separated as there does not exist a global trivialization of ξ\xi. However, there exist local constant trivializations which are sufficient to define and compute cylindrical contact homology as in Theorem 1.27. This is due to the the absence of contractible orbits, that the multiplicity of the orbit determines its free homotopy class, and the existence of trivializations which guarantee regularity of the relevant unbranched covers of low index cylinders. This is explained in Section 4.

The following remarks detail applications of the above Morse-Bott methods for prequantization bundles over closed oriented surfaces. These applications require more robust invariance results than obtained in this paper, such as those in [HN2] in the hypertight case or the forthcoming joint work with Hutchings [HN3] for the three dimensional dynamically convex case. The abstract perturbation methods under development by Hofer, Wysocki, and Zehnder, together with Fish and Wehrheim are also expected to suffice.

Remark 1.29 (Growth Rates).

In conjunction with Vaugon's work [Va15], we expect the above methods to permit us to prove growth results for the cylindrical contact homology of prequantization bundles over closed oriented surfaces. The growth rates should depend on the Euler characteristic of the base and the Euler number of the fibration.

Remark 1.30 (Refinements of the Conley Conjecture).

Ginzburg, Gürel, and Macarini explain in [GGM18, §6] how one could use cylindrical contact homology in conjunction with Morse-Bott methods to refine [GGM18, Theorem 2.1]. This would give more precise lower bounds on the number of geometrically distinct contractible (non-hyperbolic) periodic Reeb orbits of prequantization bundles. Another application is a refinement of the Conley Conjecture [GGM15, Theorem 2.1], which under certain assumptions (cf. §4.2-4.3) guarantees that for every sufficiently large prime kk, the Reeb flow has a simple closed orbit in the kk-th iterate of the free homotopy class of the fiber. We expect that the methods of this paper in conjunction with the stronger invariance results of [HN2, HN3] permit these extensions for prequantization bundles (V3,ξ)(V^{3},\xi) over closed oriented surfaces (Σ2,ω)(\Sigma^{2},\omega). In their work, Ginzburg, Gürel, and Macarini previously analyzed S1S^{1}-equivariant symplectic homology to rigorously extract dynamical information of Reeb flows associated to prequantization bundles.

Remark 1.31 (Hope for higher dimensions).

Recent work by Wendl [Wen] establishes transversality for certain multiply covered closed curves in higher dimensions. Given that there is no obvious obstruction to applying the same techniques to study punctured curves in symplectic cobordisms we expect that Wendl's methods combined with those used to prove Theorem 1.27 can be generalized to apply to prequantization spaces over higher dimensional monotone symplectic manifolds.

1.6 Examples

We conclude this section with some examples.

Example 1.32 (3-sphere).

The contact 3-sphere (S3,ξstd=kerλ0)(S^{3},\xi_{std}=\ker\lambda_{0}) can be realized as a prequantization space via the Hopf fibration S1S3S2S^{1}\hookrightarrow S^{3}\overset{h}{\longrightarrow}S^{2} over (S2,ω0)(S^{2},\omega_{0}),

h(u,v)=(2uv¯,|u|2|v|2),(u,v)S32.h(u,v)=(2u\bar{v},|u|^{2}-|v|^{2}),\ (u,v)\in S^{3}\subset\mathbb{C}^{2}.

Let HH be a Morse-Smale function on S2S^{2} and λε\lambda_{\varepsilon} as in (1.5.1). The only fibers that remain Reeb orbits associated to λε\lambda_{\varepsilon} are iterates of fibers over the critical points pp of HH. For sufficiently small ε\varepsilon the surviving kk-fold covers of simple orbits in the fiber, denoted by γpk\gamma_{p}^{k}, have action L1/εL\lesssim 1/\varepsilon, are non-degenerate, and satisfy

μCZ(γpk)=4k1+indexp(H).\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{p}^{k})=4k-1+\mbox{{index}}_{p}(H). (1.6.1)
Refer to caption
Figure 1.1: H-\nabla H for H=zH=z with a fiber over S2S^{2} and S2/3S^{2}/\mathbb{Z}_{3} respectively.

If we take H=zH=z, the height function on S2S^{2} as in Figure 1.1 then we obtain a maximum at the north pole (index 2) and a minimum at the south pole (index 0). Because the index increases by 4 under iteration, we have that μCZ(γpk)\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{p}^{k}) in (1.6.1) is always odd, so the differential vanishes, resulting in the following theorem.

Theorem 1.33.

The cylindrical contact homology for the sphere (S3,ξstd)(S^{3},\xi_{std}) is given by

CH(S3,ξstd;)={2, even 0 else CH_{*}(S^{3},\xi_{std};\mathbb{Q})=\left\{\begin{array}[]{cl}\mathbb{Q}&*\geq 2,\mbox{ even }\\ 0&*\ \mbox{ else }\\ \end{array}\right.

We similarly obtain the following result for the lens space L(n+1,1)L(n+1,1), equipped with the standard contact structure induced from the standard one on S3S^{3}.

Theorem 1.34.

The cylindrical contact homology for the lens space (L(n+1,1),ξstd)(L(n+1,1),\xi_{std}) is given by

CH(L(n+1,n),ξstd;)={n=0n+12, even 0 else CH_{*}(L(n+1,n),\xi_{std};\mathbb{Q})=\left\{\begin{array}[]{cl}\mathbb{Q}^{n}&*=0\\ \mathbb{Q}^{n+1}&*\geq 2,\mbox{ even }\\ 0&*\ \mbox{ else }\\ \end{array}\right.

We are able to adapt these methods to compute cylindrical contact homology of (L(n+1,n),ξstd)(L(n+1,n),\xi_{std}) as follows. It is interesting to note that cylindrical contact homology groups alone cannot distinguish (L(n+1,n),ξstd)(L(n+1,n),\xi_{std}) from (L(n+1,1),ξstd)(L(n+1,1),\xi_{std}). However, the classical first Chern class is capable of distinguishing them.

Example 1.35 ((L(n+1,n),ξstd)(L(n+1,n),\xi_{std})).

If π1(M)\pi_{1}(M) is abelian then the ki(Γ,γ)k_{i}(\Gamma,\gamma) form an arithmetic progression because

π0(ΩM)=π1(M)/{conjugacy}π1(M).\pi_{0}(\Omega M)=\pi_{1}(M)/\{\mbox{conjugacy}\}\cong\pi_{1}(M).

This applies to the lens space (L(n+1,n),ξstd)(L(n+1,n),\xi_{std}), as each free homotopy class Γ\Gamma may be represented as an element of {0,1,n}\{0,1,...n\}, where 0 represents a contractible class. As a result, an arbitrary cover of a closed orbit may not be of the same free homotopy class Γ\Gamma. This will only be the case when the k(Γ,γ)k_{\ell}(\Gamma,\gamma)-th cover is given by

k(Γ,γ)=(n+1)+Γ, for Γ0 and 0.k_{\ell}(\Gamma,\gamma)=\ell(n+1)+\Gamma,\mbox{ for }\Gamma\neq 0\mbox{ and }\ell\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq 0}.

The procedure described in the previous example holds, though some care must be taken in regards to the fact that the base is now a symplectic orbifold.

We note that the Lens spaces (L(n+1,n),ξstd)(L(n+1,n),\xi_{std}) are contactomorphic to the links of the AnA_{n} singularities (LAn,ξAn)(L_{A_{n}},\xi_{A_{n}}), with

LAn:={𝐳3|z0n+1+z12+z22=0}S5L_{A_{n}}:=\{\mathbf{z}\in\mathbb{C}^{3}\ |\ z_{0}^{n+1}+z_{1}^{2}+z_{2}^{2}=0\}\cap S^{5}

and the canonical contact structure given by

ξAn:=T(LAn)J0T(LAn).\xi_{A_{n}}:=T(L_{A_{n}})\cap J_{0}T(L_{A_{n}}).

As (LAn,ξAn)(L_{A_{n}},\xi_{A_{n}}) is an example of a Brieskorn manifold, it is well known that c1(ξAn)=0c_{1}(\xi_{A_{n}})=0 [vK08, §2], thus c1(ξL(n+1,n))=0.c_{1}(\xi_{L(n+1,n)})=0. The quotient of S3S^{3} with the following cyclic subgroup of SU2()\mbox{SU}_{2}(\mathbb{C}) yields the Lens space L(n+1,n)L(n+1,n). This cyclic subgroup is n+1\mathbb{Z}_{n+1}, which acts on 2\mathbb{C}^{2} by uεu,vε1vu\mapsto\varepsilon u,\ v\mapsto\varepsilon^{-1}v, where ε=e2πi/(n+1)\varepsilon=e^{2\pi i/(n+1)}, a primitive (n+1)(n+1)-th order root of unity. The complex volume form dudvdu\wedge dv on 2\mathbb{C}^{2} can be used to compute the Conley-Zehnder indices associated to Reeb orbits of S3S^{3} without local trivializations. Since n+1SU2()\mathbb{Z}_{n+1}\subset\mbox{SU}_{2}(\mathbb{C}), this means that the complex volume form dudvdu\wedge dv descends to the quotient, allowing one to compute the Conley-Zehnder indices associated to Reeb orbits of L(n+1,n)L(n+1,n). This procedure yields the following formulas for the Conley-Zehnder indices.

Let γp\gamma_{p} be the underlying simple orbit over a critical point pp of HH. For every >0\ell\in\mathbb{Z}_{>0}, we obtain a contractible orbit γp(n+1)\gamma_{p}^{\ell(n+1)} of index

μCZ(γp(n+1))=41+indexp(H)\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{p}^{\ell(n+1)})=4\ell-1+\mbox{{index}}_{p}(H) (1.6.2)

Otherwise for every 0\ell\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq 0} we obtain a noncontractible Reeb orbit γp(n+1)+Γ\gamma_{p}^{\ell(n+1)+\Gamma} in the free homotopy class Γ{1,2,,n}\Gamma\in\{1,2,...,n\} of index

μCZ(γp(n+1)+Γ)=2+4(n+1)+Γn+11+indexp(H)=2+41+indexp(H),\begin{array}[]{lcl}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{p}^{\ell(n+1)+\Gamma})&=&2+4\left\lfloor\frac{\ell(n+1)+\Gamma}{n+1}\right\rfloor-1+\mbox{\emph{index}}_{p}(H)\\ &=&2+4\ell-1+\mbox{{index}}_{p}(H),\\ \end{array} (1.6.3)

When using the height function as in Figure 1.1 the differential vanishes in light of (1.6.2), yielding the following theorem.

Theorem 1.36.

The cylindrical contact homology for the lens space (L(n+1,n),ξstd)(L(n+1,n),\xi_{std}) is given by

CH(L(n+1,n),ξstd;)={n=0n+12, even 0 else CH_{*}(L(n+1,n),\xi_{std};\mathbb{Q})=\left\{\begin{array}[]{cl}\mathbb{Q}^{n}&*=0\\ \mathbb{Q}^{n+1}&*\geq 2,\mbox{ even }\\ 0&*\ \mbox{ else }\\ \end{array}\right.

The lens space (L(n+1,n),ξstd)(L(n+1,n),\xi_{std}) is contactomorphic to the link of the AnA_{n} singularity [AHNS17, Theorem 1.8], and our computation agrees with [AHNS17, Theorem 1.5]. Thus an alternate interpretation of Theorem 1.36 is that cylindrical contact homology of the link of the AnA_{n} singularity is a free [u]\mathbb{Q}[u] module of rank equal to the number of conjugacy classes of the finite subgroup AnA_{n} of SL(2;)(2;\mathbb{C}).

In future work, we will generalize Theorem 1.27 so that one can work with prequantization bundles over symplectic orbifolds. In this setting, the contact homology differential should agree with the Morse orbifold differential. This would allow us to compute cylindrical contact homology of many Seifert fiber spaces and many three dimensional links of weighted homogeneous polynomials. When the defining polynomial is homogeneous the link can be realized as a prequantization bundle over a symplectic manifold. This generalization yields a Floer theoretic interpretation of the McKay correspondence in terms of the Reeb dynamics of the links of the simple singularities. This agrees with work by McLean and Ritter [McRi] which establishes a relationship between the cohomological McKay correspondence and symplectic homology. Thus we expect that the cylindrical contact homology CHEGH(S3/Γ,ξ0)CH_{*}^{EGH}(S^{3}/\Gamma,\xi_{0}) is a free [u]\mathbb{Q}[u] module of rank equal to the number of conjugacy classes of the finite subgroup Γ\Gamma of SL(2;)\mbox{\em SL}(2;\mathbb{C}).

2 Pseudoholomorphic preliminaries

The chain map and chain homotopy will be defined via counts of elements of moduli spaces of cylinders in Section 3. However, we still need to consider moduli spaces of finite energy genus 0 curves with one positive and an arbitrary number of negative ends asymptotic to Reeb orbits. Section 2.1 reviews the necessary background of finite energy genus 0 curves with an arbitrary number of negative punctures. Section 2.2 reviews some facts about the Conley-Zehnder index of Reeb orbits associated to contact 3-manifolds. Section 2.3 shows that under the dynamically separated assumption, index -1 and 0 cylinders are regular, a key component in proving that the chain map and chain homotopy are well-defined.

2.1 The letter JJ is for pseudoholomorphic

Let (W¯,λ¯)(\overline{W},\overline{\lambda}) be a compact, connected, exact symplectic manifold such that

W¯=M+M,\partial\overline{W}=M_{+}-M_{-},

and λ±=λ|M±\lambda_{\pm}=\lambda\arrowvert_{M_{\pm}} is a contact form on M±M_{\pm}. Define (W,λ)(W,\lambda) to be the completion of (W¯,dλ¯)(\overline{W},d\overline{\lambda}) by

W=(,0]×MW¯[0,)×M+.W=(-\infty,0]\times M_{-}\sqcup\overline{W}\sqcup[0,\infty)\times M_{+}.

Let JJ be an almost complex structure which is dλd\lambda-compatible on W¯\overline{W} as well as λ±\lambda_{\pm}-compatible on the symplectization ends of WW. The pair (W,λ)(W,\lambda) is called an exact symplectic cobordism.

An almost complex structure JJ on WW is said to be cobordism compatible if

  • JJ agrees on [0,)×M+[0,\infty)\times M_{+} with the restriction of a λ+\lambda_{+}-compatible almost complex structure J+J_{+} on ×Y+\mathbb{R}\times Y_{+};

  • JJ agrees on (,0]×M(-\infty,0]\times M_{-} with the restriction of a λ\lambda_{-}-compatible almost complex structure JJ_{-} on ×Y\mathbb{R}\times Y_{-};

  • JJ is compatible with the symplectic form dλ¯d\overline{\lambda} on X¯\overline{X}.

Throughout we will assume that all cobordisms are exact.

When constructing the chain homotopy we need to consider a one parameter family of 1-forms {λ¯τ}τ[0,1]\{\overline{\lambda}_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in[0,1]} on W¯\overline{W} such that dλ¯τd\overline{\lambda}_{\tau} is symplectic and λ¯τ|M±=λ±\overline{\lambda}_{\tau}\arrowvert_{M_{\pm}}=\lambda_{\pm} for all τ[0,1]\tau\in[0,1]. For each τ[0,1]\tau\in[0,1], let (W,λτ)(W,\lambda^{\tau}) be the completion of (W¯,λ¯τ)(\overline{W},\overline{\lambda}^{\tau}) and let 𝕁={Jτ}\mathbb{J}=\{J_{\tau}\} be a 1-parameter smooth family of almost complex structures which is cobordism compatible for each τ[0,1]\tau\in[0,1].

Asymptotically cylindrical curves are equivalent to finite (Hofer) energy curves and defined as follows. Let (Σ,j)(\Sigma,j) be a closed Riemann surface and Γ\Gamma be a set of points which are the punctures of Σ˙:=ΣΓ\dot{\Sigma}:=\Sigma\setminus\Gamma. Asymptotically cylindrical maps are pseudoholomorphic maps

u:(Σ˙,j)(W,J),u:(\dot{\Sigma},j)\to(W,J),

subject to the asymptotic condition (2.1.1). The domain of all the curves of interest in this paper is a multiply punctured sphere (Σ˙,j):=(S2{x,y1,,ys},j0)(\dot{\Sigma},j):=(S^{2}\setminus\{x,y_{1},...,y_{s}\},j_{0}).

After partitioning the punctures into positive and negative subsets wherein Γ+:={x}\Gamma_{+}:=\{x\} and Γ:={y1,..ys}\Gamma_{-}:=\{y_{1},..y_{s}\}, we consider asymptotically cylindrical JJ-holomorphic curves which are assumed to have the property that for each zΓ±z\in\Gamma_{\pm}, there exist holomorphic cylindrical coordinates identifying a punctured neighborhood of zz with a respective positive half-cylinder Z+=[0,)×S1Z_{+}=[0,\infty)\times S^{1} or negative half-cylinder Z=(,0]×S1Z_{-}=(-\infty,0]\times S^{1} and a trivial cylinder uγz:×S1×Mu_{\gamma_{z}}:\mathbb{R}\times S^{1}\to\mathbb{R}\times M such that

u(s,t)=expuγz(s,t)hz(s,t) for |s| sufficiently large,u(s,t)=\exp_{u_{\gamma_{z}}(s,t)}h_{z}(s,t)\mbox{ for $|s|$ sufficiently large,} (2.1.1)

where hz(s,t)h_{z}(s,t) is a vector field along uγzu_{\gamma_{z}} satisfying |hz(s,)|0|h_{z}(s,\cdot)|\to 0 uniformly as s±s\to\pm\infty. Both the norm and the exponential map are assumed to be defined with respect to a translation-invariant choice of Riemannian metric on ×M\mathbb{R}\times M.

The moduli space of asymptotically cylindrical curves is the space of equivalence classes of asymptotically cylindrical pseudoholomorphic maps; here an equivalence class is defined by the data (Σ,j,Γ,u)(\Sigma,j,\Gamma,u), where Γ\Gamma is an ordered set. An equivalence class (Σ,j,Γ,u)(Σ,j,Γ,u)(\Sigma,j,\Gamma,u)\sim(\Sigma^{\prime},j^{\prime},\Gamma^{\prime},u^{\prime}) of asymptotically cylindrical pseudoholomorphic maps, [(Σ,j,Γ,u)][(\Sigma,j,\Gamma,u)], is determined whenever there exists a biholomorphism ϕ:(Σ,j)(Σ,j)\phi:(\Sigma,j)\to(\Sigma^{\prime},j^{\prime}) taking Γ\Gamma to Γ\Gamma^{\prime} with the ordering preserved, i.e. ϕ(Γ+)=Γ+\phi(\Gamma_{+})=\Gamma^{\prime}_{+} and ϕ(Γ)=Γ\phi(\Gamma_{-})=\Gamma^{\prime}_{-}, such that u=uϕ.u=u^{\prime}\circ\phi.

We denote the moduli space of genus 0 asymptotically cylindrical pseudoholomorphic curves with 1 positive end and ss negative ends limiting on the Reeb orbits γ+,γ1,,γs{\gamma_{+}},\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{s} by

^J(γ+;γ1,,γs).\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}};\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{s}).

We also are interested in genus 0 finite energy planes444Note that (S2{x},j0)(S^{2}\setminus\{x\},j_{0}) is biholomorphic to (,j0)(\mathbb{C},j_{0}), hence the terminology plane., which are pseudoholomorphic curves

u:(S2{x},j0)(W,J)u:(S^{2}\setminus\{x\},j_{0})\to(W,{J})

asymptotically cylindrical to a single nondegenerate Reeb orbit γ\gamma at the puncture xx. When W=×MW=\mathbb{R}\times M and J{J} is \mathbb{R}-invariant then \mathbb{R} acts on these moduli spaces by external translations

u=(a,f)(a+ρ,f),u=(a,f)\to(a+\rho,f),

and we denote the quotient by

J(γ;γ1,γs):=^J(γ;γ1,γs)/.{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma;\gamma_{1},...\gamma_{s}):=\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma;\gamma_{1},...\gamma_{s})/\mathbb{R}.

When W=×MW=\mathbb{R}\times M and JJ is λ\lambda-compatible, then the maximum principle implies that the puncture of a finite energy plane is always positive. In a non-\mathbb{R} invariant exact symplectic cobordism, Stokes' theorem can be used to obtain that the puncture is always positive, because the energy is positive. For further details see [Wen-SFT, §10].

Definition 2.1.

An asymptotically cylindrical pseudoholomorphic curve

u:(Σ˙:=Σ(Γ+Γ),j)(W,J)u:(\dot{\Sigma}:=\Sigma\setminus(\Gamma_{+}\sqcup\Gamma_{-}),j)\to(W,J)

is said to be multiply covered whenever there exists a pseudoholomorphic curve

v:(Σ˙:=Σ(Γ+Γ),j)(W,J),v:(\dot{\Sigma}^{\prime}:=\Sigma^{\prime}\setminus(\Gamma^{\prime}_{+}\sqcup\Gamma^{\prime}_{-}),j^{\prime})\to(W,J),

and a holomorphic branched covering φ:(Σ,j)(Σ,j)\varphi:(\Sigma,j)\to(\Sigma^{\prime},j^{\prime}) with Γ+=φ(Γ+)\Gamma^{\prime}_{+}=\varphi(\Gamma_{+}) and Γ=φ(Γ)\Gamma^{\prime}_{-}=\varphi(\Gamma_{-}) such that

u=vφ,deg(φ)>1,u=v\circ\varphi,\ \ \ \mbox{deg}(\varphi)>1,

allowing for φ\varphi to not have any branch points. Recall that m(u):=deg(φ).\mbox{m}(u):=\mbox{deg}(\varphi).

An asymptotically cylindrical pseudoholomorphic curve  uu is called simple whenever it is not multiply covered. In [Ne15, §3.2] we gave a proof of the folk theorem that that every simple asymptotically cylindrical curve is somewhere injective, meaning for some zΣ˙z\in\dot{\Sigma},

du(z)0u1(u(z))={z}.du(z)\neq 0\ \ \ u^{-1}(u(z))=\{z\}.

A point zΣ˙z\in\dot{\Sigma} with this property is called an injective point of uu.

An immersed pseudoholomorphic curve (with one positive puncture) is an equivalence class of tuples (Σ,j,Γ,u)(\Sigma,j,\Gamma,u) such that uu is an immersion.

If the asymptotic orbits of a curve u^J(γ;γ1,,γs)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma;\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{s}) are all nondegenerate, then the virtual dimension of ^J(γ;γ1,,γs)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma;\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{s}) is equal to the index, which is given by

ind(u)=χ(Σ˙)+μCZΦ(γ)i=1sμCZΦ(γi)+2c1Φ(uTW,J),{\mbox{ind}}(u)=-\chi(\dot{\Sigma})+\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma)-\displaystyle\sum_{i=1}^{s}\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma_{i})+2c_{1}^{\Phi}(u^{*}TW,J), (2.1.2)

as in [Wen10], with χ(Σ˙)=(22g(Σ)#Γ+#Γ)\chi(\dot{\Sigma})=(2-2g(\Sigma)-\#\Gamma^{+}-\#\Gamma^{-}) and Φ\Phi a trivialization of ξ\xi along the asymptotic orbits of uu. In particular, c1Φ(uTW,J)c_{1}^{\Phi}(u^{*}TW,J) is the relative first Chern number of (uTW,J)Σ˙(u^{*}TW,J)\to\dot{\Sigma} with respect to a suitable choice of Φ\Phi along the ends and boundary. Moreover, the relative first Chern class vanishes when the trivialization Φ\Phi extends to a trivialization of uξu^{*}\xi.

Remark 2.2.

When g=0g=0 we can always choose a trivialization Φ\Phi (fixed up to homotopy) such that c1Φ(uTW,J)=0c_{1}^{\Phi}(u^{*}TW,J)=0. More precisely, we choose a trivialization Φ\Phi so that c1Φ(vTW,J)=0c_{1}^{\Phi}(v^{*}TW,J)=0 for a somewhere injective curve genus 0 asymptotically cylindrical curve vv with one positive puncture and at least one negative puncture. This implies for any (branched) cover u:=φvu:=\varphi\circ v, that c1Φ(uTW,J)=0c_{1}^{\Phi}(u^{*}TW,J)=0. Without loss of generality we can work with the following index formula

ind(u)=(1s)+μCZΦ(γ)i=1sμCZΦ(γi).{\mbox{ind}}(u)=-(1-s)+\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma)-\displaystyle\sum_{i=1}^{s}\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma_{i}). (2.1.3)

If uu is a non-constant curve then the action of Aut(Σ˙,j)\mbox{Aut}(\dot{\Sigma},j) induces a natural inclusion of its Lie algebra 𝔞𝔲𝔱(Σ˙,j)\mathfrak{aut}(\dot{\Sigma},j) into kerD¯J(u).\ker D\bar{\partial}_{{J}}(u). In [Wen-SFT, §7] Wendl provides a complete proof that the moduli spaces of somewhere injective curves are cut out transversely for generic choice of JJ in a cobordism (W,J)(W,J). When JJ is \mathbb{R}-invariant and W=×MW=\mathbb{R}\times M, the ``standard'' argument must be modified; see [Wen-SFT, §8].

Next we recall some transversality theorems in cobordisms. In the statements of these theorems we suppress the notation specifying Reeb orbits and denote ^J\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}} to be a moduli space of asymptotically cylindrical curves.

Theorem 2.3.

[Wen-SFT, Theorem 8.1] Let 𝒥\mathcal{J} be the set of all λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structures on ×M\mathbb{R}\times M where λ\lambda is nondegenerate. Then there exists a comeager subset 𝒥reg𝒥,\mathcal{J}_{reg}\subset\mathcal{J}, such that for every J𝒥regJ\in\mathcal{J}_{reg}, every curve u^Ju\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}} with a representative u:(Σ˙,j)(×M,J)u\colon(\dot{\Sigma},j)\to(\mathbb{R}\times M,{J}) that has an injective point zΣ˙z\in\dot{\Sigma} satisfying πξdu(z)0\pi_{\xi}\circ du(z)\neq 0 is Fredholm regular.

The above result also holds for the set of somewhere injective curves in completed exact symplectic cobordisms (W,J)(W,J); see [Wen-SFT, Theorem 7.2].

Theorem 2.4.

Let λ±\lambda_{\pm} be nondegenerate contact forms on a closed manifold MM and JJ be a generic cobordism compatible almost complex structure. Then every somewhere injective curve u^Ju\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}} is Fredholm regular.

Moreover, we have that Fredholm regularity implies that a neighborhood of a curve admits the structure of a smooth orbifold.

Theorem 2.5 (Theorem 0, [Wen10]).

Assume that u:(Σ˙,j)(W,J)u\colon(\dot{\Sigma},j)\to(W,{J}) is a non-constant curve in ^J(γ;γ1,,γs)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma;\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{s}) asymptotic to nondegenerate orbits. If uu is regular, then a neighborhood of uu in ^J(γ,γ1,,γs)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma,\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{s}) naturally admits the structure of a smooth orbifold of dimension

ind(u)=(1s)+μCZΦ(γ)i=1sμCZΦ(γi),{\mbox{\em ind}}(u)=-(1-s)+\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma)-\displaystyle\sum_{i=1}^{s}\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma_{i}),

whose isotropy group at uu is given by

Aut:={φAut(Σ˙,j)|u=uφ}.\mbox{\em Aut}:=\{\varphi\in\mbox{\em Aut}(\dot{\Sigma},j)\ |\ u=u\circ\varphi\}.

Moreover, there is a natural isomorphism

Tu^J(γ;γ1,,γs)=kerD¯J(j,u)/𝔞𝔲𝔱(Σ˙,j).T_{u}\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma;\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{s})=\ker D\bar{\partial}_{{J}}(j,u)/\mathfrak{aut}(\dot{\Sigma},j).
Remark 2.6.

The above results can be extended to include moduli spaces dependent on finitely many parameters, necessary in establishing the chain homotopy. Let PP be a smooth finite-dimensional manifold and let {Jτ}τP\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in P} be a smooth family of complex structures. A parametric moduli space is defined by

^({Jτ}τP)={(τ,u)|τP,u(Jτ)}.\widehat{\mathcal{M}}(\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in P})=\{(\tau,u)\ \arrowvert\ \tau\in P,\ u\in{\mathcal{M}}(J_{\tau})\}.

An analogous notion of parametric regularity holds for pairs (τ,u)^J({Jτ}τP)(\tau,u)\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in P}), which is an open condition such that the space ^reg({Jτ}τP)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}{\mbox{\tiny reg}}(\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in P}) of parametrically regular elements will be an orbifold of dimension

dim ^reg({Jτ}τP)=vdim^J+dim(P).\mbox{dim }\widehat{\mathcal{M}}{\mbox{\tiny reg}}(\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in P})=\mbox{vdim}\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}+\mbox{dim}(P).

In particular, we obtain the following parametric regularity result. The proof follows by modifying the full details given in the closed case in [Wen-notes, §4.5] to the set up for the punctured case in [Wen-SFT, §7]. Full details in the Hamiltonian Floer setting are given in [ADfloer, §11.3].

Theorem 2.7.

Let λ±\lambda_{\pm} be nondegenerate contact forms on a closed, connected manifold MM and suppose the smooth family of cobordism compatible almost complex structures {Jτ}τP\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in P} is generic and varies on an open subset 𝒰\mathcal{U} in the complement of the cylindrical ends of (W,J)(W,J) for τ\tau lying in some precompact open subset 𝒱P\mathcal{V}\subset{P}. Then all elements (τ,u)^({Jτ}τP)(\tau,u)\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}(\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in P}) for which τ𝒱\tau\in\mathcal{V} and uu has an injective point mapping to 𝒰\mathcal{U} are parametrically regular.

Remark 2.8.

In this paper we will take P=[0,1]P=[0,1] and 𝒱=(0,1)\mathcal{V}=(0,1) so that we can consider generic homotopies of almost complex structures. Note that regularity in the sense of Theorem 2.4 always implies parametric regularity, while the converse is false. However, when automatic transversality holds, one can guarantee regularity for all JτJ_{\tau} with no need for genericity.

2.2 The Conley-Zehnder index in dimension 3

In this section we review properties of the Conley-Zehnder index of a Reeb orbit γ\gamma, with respect to an appropriate (local) trivialization Φ\Phi, in an arbitrary 3-dimensional nondegenerate contact manifold (M,λ)(M,\lambda). First, pick a parametrization γ:/TM\gamma:\mathbb{R}/T\mathbb{Z}\to M. Let {φt}t\{\varphi_{t}\}_{t\in\mathbb{R}} denote the one-parameter group of diffeomorphisms defined by the flow of the Reeb vector field RR. The linearized flow

dφt:Tγ(0)MTγ(t)Md\varphi_{t}:T_{\gamma(0)}M\to T_{\gamma(t)}M

induces a symplectic linear map

ϕt:ξγ(0)ξγ(t),\phi_{t}:\xi_{\gamma(0)}\to\xi_{\gamma(t)},

which can be realized as a 2×22\times 2 symplectic linear map via the trivialization Φ\Phi. We have that ϕ0=1\phi_{0}=1 and ϕT\phi_{T} is the linearized return map with respect to our trivialization.

We define and compute the Conley-Zehnder index μCZΦ(γ):=μCZΦ({ϕt}t[0,T])\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma):=\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}\left(\{\phi_{t}\}_{t\in[0,T]}\right)\in\mathbb{Z} via the family of symplectic matrices {ϕt}t[0,T]\{\phi_{t}\}_{t\in[0,T]} as follows.

  • Elliptic case:

    In the elliptic case there is a special trivialization that one can pick so that the linearized flow {ϕt}\{\phi_{t}\} can be realized as a path of rotations. If we take Φ\Phi to this trivialization so that each ϕt\phi_{t} is rotation by the angle 2πϑt2\pi\vartheta_{t}\in\mathbb{R} then ϑt\vartheta_{t} is a continuous function of t[0,T]t\in[0,T] satisfying ϑ0=0\vartheta_{0}=0 and ϑ:=ϑT\vartheta:=\vartheta_{T}\in\mathbb{R}\setminus\mathbb{Z}. The number ϑ\vartheta\in\mathbb{R}\setminus\mathbb{Z} the rotation angle of γ\gamma with respect to the trivialization and

    μCZΦ(γk)=2kϑ+1.\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma^{k})=2\lfloor k\vartheta\rfloor+1.

    More generally, there is a definition of rotation number of a path of invertible 2×22\times 2 matrices (starting at the identity) which does not require any of the matrices to be a rotation, resulting in the same formula in terms of ϑ\vartheta. In the latter situation we continue the abusive practice of referring to the quantity ϑ\vartheta as the rotation angle of γ\gamma.

  • Hyperbolic case:

    Let v2v\in\mathbb{R}^{2} be an eigenvector of ϕT\phi_{T}. Then for any trivialization used, the family of vectors {ϕt(v)}t[0,T]\{\phi_{t}(v)\}_{t\in[0,T]}, rotates through angle πr\pi r for some integer rr. The integer rr is dependent on the choice of trivialization Φ\Phi, but is always even in the positive hyperbolic case and odd in the negative hyperbolic case. We obtain

    μCZ(γk)=kr.\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k})=kr.

The Conely-Zehnder index depends only on the Reeb orbit γ\gamma and homotopy class of Φ\Phi in the set of homotopy classes of symplectic trivializations of the 2-plane bundle γξ\gamma^{*}\xi over S1=/TS^{1}=\mathbb{R}/T\mathbb{Z}. Our sign convention is that if

Φ1,Φ2:γξS1×2\Phi_{1},\ \Phi_{2}:\gamma^{*}\xi\to S^{1}\times\mathbb{R}^{2}

are two trivializations then

Φ1Φ2=deg(Φ2Φ11:S1Sp(2,)S1).\Phi_{1}-\Phi_{2}=\mbox{deg}\left(\Phi_{2}\circ\Phi_{1}^{-1}:S^{1}\to\mbox{Sp}(2,\mathbb{R})\cong S^{1}\right). (2.2.1)

Given two trivializations Φ1\Phi_{1} and Φ2\Phi_{2} we have that

μCZΦ1(γk)μCZΦ2(γk)=2k(Φ1Φ2).\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi_{1}}(\gamma^{k})-\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi_{2}}(\gamma^{k})=2k(\Phi_{1}-\Phi_{2}). (2.2.2)

We denote the set of homotopy classes of symplectic trivializations of the 2-plane bundle γξ\gamma^{*}\xi over S1S^{1} by 𝒯(γ)\mathcal{T}(\gamma).

The following proposition shows that in dimension 3, the Conley-Zehnder index grows almost linearly and will be used in Section 3.1. It follows immediately by considering the above Conley-Zehnder index formulas; see [Ne15, Prop. 4.4] for further details.

Proposition 2.9.

Let (M,λ)(M,\lambda) be a nondegenerate contact 3-manifold. Let γ\gamma be any closed Reeb orbit of RR and γk\gamma^{k} its kk-fold cover. Then

kμCZΦ(γ)k+1μCZΦ(γk)kμCZΦ(γ)+k1.k\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma)-k+1\leq\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma^{k})\leq k\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma)+k-1. (2.2.3)

The almost linear behavior of the Conley-Zehnder index is used to prove the following estimate on the index of multiply covered cylinders in symplectizations; see [HN16, Lem. 2.5] and [Ne15, Prop 4.5] for full details.

Lemma 2.10.

Let (M3,λ)(M^{3},\lambda) be a closed nondegenerate contact manifold, JJ be a generic λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structure, and uu be a nontrivial JJ-holomorphic cylinder in ×M\mathbb{R}\times M. If u¯\overline{u} denotes the somewhere injective pseudoholomorphic cylinder underlying uu then

  1. (i)

    1ind(u¯)ind(u).1\leq\mbox{\em ind}(\overline{u})\leq\mbox{\em ind}(u).

  2. (ii)

    If ind(u)=1\mbox{\em ind}(u)=1, and if uu has an end at a bad Reeb orbit, then the corresponding end of u¯\overline{u} is also at a bad Reeb orbit.

2.3 Regularity for cylinders

In this section we flesh out an observation of Hutchings [HuOBG], which enables us to obtain transversality for certain unbranched multiple covered cylinders in cobordisms of closed contact 3-manifolds where the usual automatic transversality approach, e.g. [Wen10, Theorem 1], is not applicable. Before stating the results, we review the necessary set up, including background needed from embedded contact homology (ECH).

Let uu be an immersed pseudoholomorphic curve in WW. Let π:u~u\pi:\widetilde{u}\to u be a degree kk unbranched555Much of this discussion also holds for branched covers of curves. cover of uu. Let NuN_{u} be the normal bundle to uu. As explained in [Hu14, §2.3], there is a deformation operator

Du:L12(Σ˙,Nu)L2(Σ˙,T(0,1)Σ˙Nu)D_{u}:L^{2}_{1}(\dot{\Sigma},N_{u})\to L^{2}(\dot{\Sigma},T^{(0,1)}\dot{\Sigma}\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}N_{u}) (2.3.1)

and the moduli space of pseudoholomorphic curves is cut out transversely when DuD_{u} is surjective. When DuD_{u} is surjective, the tangent space of the moduli space can be identified with ker(Du)(D_{u}) and the index of DuD_{u} is the Fredholm index ind(u)\mbox{ind}(u).

There is an induced operator associated to the cover u~\widetilde{u} of uu

Du~:L12(Σ˙~,πNu)L2(Σ˙~,T(0,1)Σ˙~πNu).D_{\widetilde{u}}:L^{2}_{1}(\widetilde{\dot{\Sigma}},\pi^{*}N_{u})\to L^{2}(\widetilde{\dot{\Sigma}},T^{(0,1)}\widetilde{\dot{\Sigma}}\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}\pi^{*}N_{u}). (2.3.2)

The definition of these operators requires the choice of a local complex trivialization of NuN_{u}. Let z=s+itz=s+it be a local coordinate on uu and use idz¯id\bar{z} to locally trivialize T(0,1)Σ˙T^{(0,1)}\dot{\Sigma}. Then choose a local trivialization of NuN_{u} over this coordinate neighborhood. With respect to these coordinates and trivializations, the operator locally is of the form

Du=s+Jt+βD_{u}=\partial_{s}+J\partial_{t}+\beta

where β\beta is some (0,1)(0,1)-form on uu, determined by the derivative of the almost complex structure in directions normal to uu. Using the same local trivialization for πNu\pi^{*}N_{u}, we define

Du~=s+Jt+πβ.D_{\widetilde{u}}=\partial_{s}+J\partial_{t}+\pi^{*}\beta.

Intuitively speaking, Du~D_{\widetilde{u}} sees deformations of u~\widetilde{u} in directions normal to uu.

Definition 2.11.

The cover u~\widetilde{u} is agreeable if ker(Du~)=0.\mbox{ker}(D_{\widetilde{u}})=0.

Remark 2.12.

If there are no branch points and ind(u~)=0,\mbox{ind}(\widetilde{u})=0, then u~\widetilde{u} is agreeable if and only if it is transverse. The regularity result we will prove is in regards to unbranched covers. However, should one need to consider the possibility of branch points, all branched covers in the moduli space of branched covers of uu containing u~\widetilde{u} must be agreeable. This is necessary to define an obstruction bundle over the moduli space of such branched covers in order to do gluing as in [HTII].

When there are no branch points,

ind(Du~)=ind(u~),\mbox{ind}(D_{\widetilde{u}})=\mbox{ind}(\widetilde{u}),

otherwise

ind(Du~)=ind(u~)2b.\mbox{ind}(D_{\widetilde{u}})=\mbox{ind}(\widetilde{u})-2b. (2.3.3)

To see how (2.3.3) arises, recall that the Fredholm index of u~\widetilde{u} is given by

ind(u~)=χ(u~)+2c1Φ(u~TW)+μΦ(u~).\mbox{ind}(\widetilde{u})=-\chi(\widetilde{u})+2c_{1}^{\Phi}(\widetilde{u}^{*}TW)+\mu^{\Phi}(\widetilde{u}).

If u~\widetilde{u} is a kk-fold cover of uu we obtain by Riemann-Hurwitz, Theorem 3.2,

ind(u~)=kχ(u)+b+2kc1Φ(uTW)+μΦ(u~),\mbox{ind}(\widetilde{u})=k\chi(u)+b+2kc_{1}^{\Phi}(u^{*}TW)+\mu^{\Phi}(\widetilde{u}),

where bb is the weighted count of branch points. However, ind(u~)\mbox{ind}(\widetilde{u}) is not the Fredholm index of the operator Du~D_{\widetilde{u}} because the operator Du~D_{\widetilde{u}} does not consider deformations of u~\widetilde{u} that move the branch points, so the dimension of its domain is 2b2b fewer.

Let h+(u~)h_{+}(\widetilde{u}) denote the number of ends of u~\widetilde{u} that are at positive hyperbolic orbits; this includes even covers of negative hyperbolic orbits. A basic form of automatic transversality for asymptotically cylindrical curves is as follows.

Proposition 2.13.

Suppose that u~\widetilde{u} is an immersed pseudoholomorphic curve and

ind(u~)2b+22g(u~)h+(u~)>0.{\mbox{\em ind}(\widetilde{u})-2b+2-2g(\widetilde{u})-h_{+}(\widetilde{u})>0.} (2.3.4)

Then u~\widetilde{u} is agreeable.

Proof.

Suppose ψker(Du~)\psi\in\mbox{ker}(D_{\widetilde{u}}) is not identically zero. From the Carleman similarity principle, every zero of ψ\psi is isolated and has positive multiplicity. Thus the signed count of zeroes of ψ\psi is nonnegative. On the other hand, we can bound the number of zeroes of ψ\psi as in [HN16, §4.1] to obtain

02#ψ1(0)ind(u~)2b+22g(u~)h+(u~).0\geq{2\cdot\#\psi^{-1}(0)\geq\mbox{ind}(\widetilde{u})-2b+2-2g(\widetilde{u})-h_{+}(\widetilde{u}).}

If the right hand side is negative we obtain a contradiction. As a consequence, if the right hand side is negative then u~\widetilde{u} is agreeable. ∎

In [HN16, §4.2], we obtained the following transversality result for cylinders in symplectizations via the above form of automatic transversality.

Lemma 2.14.

Let MM be a closed three-manifold with a nondegenerate contact form λ\lambda. Let JJ be a generic λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structure on ×M\mathbb{R}\times M. Then:

  1. (i)

    For any Reeb orbits γ+\gamma_{+} and γ\gamma_{-}, the moduli space ^1J(γ+,γ)/\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}_{1}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-})/\mathbb{R} is a 0-manifold cut out transversely.

  2. (ii)

    If γ+\gamma_{+} and γ\gamma_{-} are good Reeb orbits, then the moduli space ^2J(γ+,γ)/\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}_{2}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-})/\mathbb{R} is a 11-manifold cut out transversely.

  3. (iii)

    If γ+\gamma_{+} and γ\gamma_{-} are good, then the function

    d:^2J(γ+,γ)/>0,d:\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}_{2}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-})/\mathbb{R}\longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}^{>0},

    which associates to each cylinder its covering multiplicity, is locally constant.

We also want to show in certain situations that u~\widetilde{u} is agreeable, even when Proposition 2.13 is not applicable. The formulation and proof of these conditions, necessitates some embedded contact homology (ECH) apparatus, which we now review.

2.3.1 The ingredients comprising the ECH index

The definition of the ECH index depends on three components: the relative first Chern class cΦc_{\Phi}, which detects the contact topology; the relative intersection pairing QΦQ_{\Phi}, which detects the algebraic topology; and the Conley-Zehnder terms, which detect the contact geometry. Let α={(αi,mi)}\alpha=\{(\alpha_{i},m_{i})\} and β={(βj,nj)}\beta=\{(\beta_{j},n_{j})\} be Reeb orbit sets in the same homology class, imi[αi]=jnj[βj]=ΓH1(M).\sum_{i}m_{i}[\alpha_{i}]=\sum_{j}n_{j}[\beta_{j}]=\Gamma\in H_{1}(M). Let H2(M,α,β)H_{2}(M,\alpha,\beta) denote the set of relative homology classes of 2-chains ZZ in MM such that

Z=imiαijnjβj.\partial Z=\sum_{i}m_{i}\alpha_{i}-\sum_{j}n_{j}\beta_{j}.
Definition 2.15 (relative first Chern class).

Fix trivializations Φi+𝒯(αi)\Phi_{i}^{+}\in\mathcal{T}(\alpha_{i}) for each ii and Φj𝒯(βj)\Phi_{j}^{-}\in\mathcal{T}(\beta_{j}) and denote this set of trivalization choices by Φ𝒯(α,β)\Phi\in\mathcal{T}(\alpha,\beta). Let ZH2(M,α,β)Z\in H_{2}(M,\alpha,\beta). We define the relative first Chern class

cΦ(Z):=c1(ξ|Z,Φ)c_{\Phi}(Z):=c_{1}\left(\xi|_{Z},\Phi\right)\in\mathbb{Z}

in terms of the following signed count of zeros of a particular section. Given a class ZH2(M,α,β)Z\in H_{2}(M,\alpha,\beta) we represent ZZ by a smooth map f:SMf:S\to M where SS is a compact orieted surface with boundary. Choose a section ψ\psi of fξf^{*}\xi over SS such that ψ\psi is transverse to the zero section and ψ\psi is nonvanishing over each boundary component of SS with winding number zero with respect to the trivialization Φ\Phi. We define

cΦ(Z):=#ψ1(0),c_{\Phi}(Z):=\#\psi^{-1}(0),

where `#' denotes the signed count.

In addition to being well-defined, the relative first Chern class satisfies

cΦ(Z)cΦ(Z)=c1(ξ),ZZ.c_{\Phi}(Z)-c_{\Phi}(Z^{\prime})=\langle c_{1}(\xi),Z-Z^{\prime}\rangle.

Given another collection of trivialization choices Φ=({Φi+},{Φj})\Phi^{\prime}=\left(\{{\Phi^{\prime}}_{i}^{+}\},\{{\Phi^{\prime}}_{j}^{-}\}\right) over the orbit sets and the convention (2.2.1), we have

cΦ(Z)cΦ(Z)=imi(Φi+Φi+)jnj(ΦjΦj).c_{\Phi}(Z)-c_{\Phi^{\prime}}(Z)=\sum_{i}m_{i}\left(\Phi_{i}^{+}-{\Phi}_{i}^{+^{\prime}}\right)-\sum_{j}n_{j}\left(\Phi_{j}^{-}-{\Phi}_{j}^{-^{\prime}}\right). (2.3.5)

The above formula (2.3.5) also holds for computations of the relative first Chern class of the normal bundle of a curve.

Before defining the relative intersection pairing we define the writhe and linking number. Given a somewhere injective curve uJ(γ+,γ)u\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-}), we consider the slice u({s}×M)u\cap(\{s\}\times M). If s0s\gg 0, then the slice u({s}×M)u\cap(\{s\}\times M) is an embedded curve which is a braid ζ+\zeta_{+} around the Reeb orbit γ+\gamma_{+} with m(γ+)m(\gamma_{+}) strands. If γ+\gamma_{+} is an embedded Reeb orbit with tubular neighborhood NN then we can identify NN with a disk bundle in the normal bundle to NN, and also with ξ|γ+\xi|_{\gamma_{+}}.

Thus ζ+\zeta_{+} can be realized as a braid in NN, defined as a link in NN such that that the tubular neighborhood projection restricts to a submersion ζ+γ\zeta_{+}\to\gamma. Since the braid ζ+\zeta_{+} is embedded for all s0s\gg 0, its isotopy class does not depend on s0s\gg 0. The trivialization Φ\Phi is used to identify the braid ζ+\zeta_{+} with a link in S1×D2S^{1}\times D^{2}. We identify S1×D2S^{1}\times D^{2} with an annulus cross an interval, projecting ζ+\zeta_{+} to the annulus, and require that the normal derivative along γ\gamma agree with the trivialization Φ\Phi.

Definition 2.16 (writhe).

We define the writhe of this link, which we denote by wΦ(ζ+)w_{\Phi}(\zeta_{+})\in\mathbb{Z}, by counting the crossings of the projection to 2×{0}\mathbb{R}^{2}\times\{0\} with (nonstandard) signs. Namely, we use the sign convention in which counterclockwise rotations in the D2D^{2} direction as one travels counterclockwise around S1S^{1} contribute positively. Analogously the slice u({s}×M)u\cap(\{s\}\times M) for s0s\gg 0 produces a braid ζ\zeta_{-} and we denote this braid's writhe by wΦ(ζ)w_{\Phi}(\zeta_{-})\in\mathbb{Z}.

The writhe depends only on the isotopy class of the braid and the homotopy class of the trivialization Φ\Phi. If ζ\zeta is an mm-stranded braid and Φ𝒯(γ)\Phi^{\prime}\in\mathcal{T}(\gamma) is another trivialization then

wΦ(ζ)wΦ(ζ)=m(m1)(ΦΦ)w_{\Phi}(\zeta)-w_{\Phi^{\prime}}(\zeta)=m(m-1)(\Phi^{\prime}-\Phi)

because shifting the trivialization by one adds a full clockwise twist to the braid.

If ζ1\zeta_{1} and ζ2\zeta_{2} are two disjoint braids around an embedded Reeb orbit γ\gamma we can define their linking number Φ(ζ1,ζ2)\ell_{\Phi}(\zeta_{1},\zeta_{2})\in\mathbb{Z} to be the linking number of their oriented images in 3\mathbb{R}^{3}. The latter is by definition one half of the signed count of crossings of the strand associated to ζ1\zeta_{1} with the strand associated to ζ2\zeta_{2} in the projection to 2×{0}\mathbb{R}^{2}\times\{0\}. If the braid ζk\zeta_{k} has mkm_{k} strands then a change in trivialization results in the following formula

Φ(ζ1,ζ2)Φ(ζ1,ζ2)=m1m2(ΦΦ).\ell_{\Phi}(\zeta_{1},\zeta_{2})-\ell_{\Phi^{\prime}}(\zeta_{1},\zeta_{2})=m_{1}m_{2}(\Phi^{\prime}-\Phi).

The writhe of the union of two braids can be expressed in terms of the writhe of the individual components and the linking number:

wΦ(ζ1ζ2)=wΦ(ζ1)+wΦ(ζ2)+2Φ(ζ1,ζ2).w_{\Phi}(\zeta_{1}\cup\zeta_{2})=w_{\Phi}(\zeta_{1})+w_{\Phi}(\zeta_{2})+2\ell_{\Phi}(\zeta_{1},\zeta_{2}).

If ζ\zeta is a braid around an embedded Reeb orbit γ\gamma which is disjoint from γ\gamma we define the winding number to be the linking number of ζ\zeta with γ\gamma:

ηΦ(ζ):=Φ(ζ,γ).\eta_{\Phi}(\zeta):=\ell_{\Phi}(\zeta,\gamma)\in\mathbb{Z}.

In order to speak more ``globally" of writhe and winding numbers associated to a curve, we need the following notion of an admissible representative for a class ZH2(M,α,β)Z\in H_{2}(M,\alpha,\beta), as in [Hu09, Def. 2.11]. Given ZH2(M,α,β)Z\in H_{2}(M,\alpha,\beta) we define an admissible representative of ZZ to be a smooth map f:S[1,1]×Mf:S\to[-1,1]\times M, where SS is an oriented compact surface such that

  1. 1.

    The restriction of ff to the boundary S\partial S consists of positively oriented covers of {1}×αi\{1\}\times\alpha_{i} whose total multiplicity is mim_{i} and negatively covers of {1}×βj\{-1\}\times\beta_{j} whose total multiplicity is njn_{j}.

  2. 2.

    The projection π:[1,1]×MM\pi:[-1,1]\times M\to M yields [π(f(S))]=Z[\pi(f(S))]=Z.

  3. 3.

    The restriction of ff to int(S)\mbox{int}(S) is an embedding and ff is transverse to {1,1}×M\{-1,1\}\times M.

The utility of the notion of an admissible representative SS for ZZ can be seen in the following. For ε>0\varepsilon>0 sufficiently small, S({1ε}×Y)S\cap(\{1-\varepsilon\}\times Y) consists of braids ζi+\zeta_{i}^{+} with mim_{i} strands in disjoint tubular neighborhoods of the Reeb orbits αi\alpha_{i}, which are well defined up to isotopy. Similarly, S({1+ε}×Y)S\cap(\{-1+\varepsilon\}\times Y) consists of braids ζj\zeta_{j}^{-} with njn_{j} strands in disjoint tubular neighborhoods of the Reeb orbits αi\alpha_{i}, which are well defined up to isotopy.

Thus an admissible representative of ZH2(M;α,β)Z\in H_{2}(M;\alpha,\beta) permits us to define the total writhe of a curve interpolating between the orbit sets α\alpha and β\beta by

wΦ(S)=iwΦi+(ζi+)jwΦj(ζj).w_{\Phi}(S)=\sum_{i}w_{\Phi_{i}^{+}}(\zeta_{i}^{+})-\sum_{j}w_{\Phi_{j}^{-}}(\zeta_{j}^{-}).

Here ζi+\zeta_{i}^{+} are the braids with mim_{i} strands in a neighborhood of each of the αi\alpha_{i} obtained by taking the intersection of SS with {s}×M\{s\}\times M for ss close to 1. Similarly, the ζj\zeta_{j}^{-} are the braids with njn_{j} strands in a neighborhood of each of the βj\beta_{j} obtained by taking the intersection of SS with {s}×M\{s\}\times M for ss close to 1-1. Bounds on the writhe in terms of the Conley-Zehnder index are given in [HN16, §3.1], which relates to asymptotic behavior of pseudoholomorphic curves, extensively explored by Hutchings, cf. [Hu14, §5.1].

Taking a similar viewpoint with regard to the linking number results in the following formula. If SS^{\prime} is an admissible representative of ZH2(M,α,β)Z^{\prime}\in H_{2}(M,\alpha^{\prime},\beta^{\prime}) such that the interior of SS^{\prime} does not intersect the interior of SS near the boundary, with braids ζi+\zeta_{i}^{+^{\prime}} and ζj\zeta_{j}^{-^{\prime}} we can define the linking number of SS and SS^{\prime} to be

Φ(S,S):=iΦ(ζi+,ζi+)jΦ(ζj,ζj).\ell_{\Phi}(S,S^{\prime}):=\sum_{i}\ell_{\Phi}(\zeta_{i}^{+},\zeta_{i}^{+^{\prime}})-\sum_{j}\ell_{\Phi}(\zeta_{j}^{-},\zeta_{j}^{-^{\prime}}).

Above the orbit sets α\alpha and α\alpha^{\prime} are both indexed by ii, so sometimes mim_{i} or mim_{i}^{\prime} is 0, similarly both β\beta and β\beta^{\prime} are indexed by jj and sometimes njn_{j} or njn_{j}^{\prime} is 0. The trivialization Φ\Phi is a trivialization of ξ\xi over all Reeb orbits in the sets α,α,β,\alpha,\alpha^{\prime},\beta, and β\beta^{\prime}.

The relative intersection pairing can be defined using an admissible representative, which is more general than the notion of a Φ\Phi-representative [Hu02, Def. 2.3], as the latter uses the trivialization to control the behavior at the boundary. Consequently, we see an additional linking number term appear in the expression of the relative intersection pairing when we use an admissible representative.

Definition 2.17 (relative intersection pairing using an admissible representative).

Let SS and SS^{\prime} be two surfaces which are admissible representatives of ZH2(M,α,β)Z\in H_{2}(M,\alpha,\beta) and ZH2(M,α,β)Z^{\prime}\in H_{2}(M,\alpha^{\prime},\beta^{\prime}) whose interiors S˙\dot{S} and S˙\dot{S}^{\prime} are transverse and do not intersect near the boundary. We define the relative intersection pairing by the following signed count

QΦ(Z,Z):=#(S˙S˙)Φ(S,S).Q_{\Phi}(Z,Z^{\prime}):=\#\left(\dot{S}\cap\dot{S}^{\prime}\right)-\ell_{\Phi}(S,S^{\prime}). (2.3.6)

Moreover, QΦ(Z,Z)Q_{\Phi}(Z,Z^{\prime}) is an integer which depends only on α,β,Z,Z\alpha,\beta,Z,Z^{\prime} and Φ\Phi. If Z=ZZ=Z^{\prime} then we write QΦ(Z):=QΦ(Z,Z)Q_{\Phi}(Z):=Q_{\Phi}(Z,Z).

For another collection of trivialization choices Φ\Phi^{\prime},

QΦ(Z,Z)QΦ(Z,Z)=imimi(Φi+Φi+)injnj(ΦiΦi).Q_{\Phi}(Z,Z^{\prime})-Q_{\Phi^{\prime}}(Z,Z^{\prime})=\sum_{i}m_{i}m_{i}^{\prime}(\Phi_{i}^{+}-\Phi_{i}^{+^{\prime}})-\sum_{i}n_{j}n_{j}^{\prime}(\Phi_{i}^{-}-\Phi_{i}^{-^{\prime}}).

We recall how [Hu09, §3.5] permits us to compute the relative intersection pairing using embedded surfaces in MM. An admissible representative SS of ZH2(M,α,β)Z\in H_{2}(M,\alpha,\beta) is said to be nice whenever the projection of SS to MM is an immersion and the projection of the interior S˙\dot{S} to MM is an embedding which does not intersect the αi\alpha_{i}'s or βj\beta_{j}'s. Lemma 3.9 from [Hu09] establishes that if none of the αi\alpha_{i} equa the βj\beta_{j} then every class ZH2(M,α,β)Z\in H_{2}(M,\alpha,\beta) admits a nice admissible representative.

If SS is a nice admissible representative of ZZ with associated braids ζi+\zeta_{i}^{+} and ζj\zeta_{j}^{-} then we can define the winding number

ηΦ(S):=iηΦi+(ζi+)jηΦj(ζj)\eta_{\Phi}(S):=\sum_{i}\eta_{\Phi_{i}^{+}}\left(\zeta_{i}^{+}\right)-\sum_{j}\eta_{\Phi_{j}^{-}}\left(\zeta_{j}^{-}\right)
Lemma 2.18 (Lemma 3.9 [Hu09]).

Suppose that SS is a nice admissible representative of ZZ. Then

QΦ(Z)=wΦ(S)ηΦ(S)Q_{\Phi}(Z)=-w_{\Phi}(S)-\eta_{\Phi}(S)

We are now ready to give the definition of the ECH index.

Definition 2.19 (ECH index).

We define the ECH index to be

I(α,β,Z)=c1Φ(Z)+QΦ(Z)+ik=1miμCZΦ(αik)jk=1njμCZΦ(βjk).I(\alpha,\beta,Z)=c_{1}^{\Phi}(Z)+Q_{\Phi}(Z)+\sum_{i}\sum_{k=1}^{m_{i}}\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\alpha_{i}^{k})-\sum_{j}\sum_{k=1}^{n_{j}}\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\beta_{j}^{k}).

Given a trivialization Φ\Phi of ξ\xi over the γi\gamma_{i}'s contained in an orbit set γ={(γi,mi)}\gamma=\{(\gamma_{i},m_{i})\} we make the shorthand definition

μΦ(γ):=ik=1miμCZΦ(γik).\mu_{\Phi}(\gamma):=\sum_{i}\sum_{k=1}^{m_{i}}\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma_{i}^{k}).

In this shorthand notation the ECH index is expressed as

I(α,β,Z)=c1Φ(Z)+QΦ(Z)+μΦ(α)μΦ(β).I(\alpha,\beta,Z)=c_{1}^{\Phi}(Z)+Q_{\Phi}(Z)+\mu_{\Phi}(\alpha)-\mu_{\Phi}(\beta). (2.3.7)

Another set of trivialization choices Φ\Phi^{\prime} for γ\gamma yields

μΦ(γ)μΦ(γ)=i(mi2+mi)(ΦiΦi).\mu_{\Phi}(\gamma)-\mu_{\Phi^{\prime}}(\gamma)=\sum_{i}(m_{i}^{2}+m_{i})(\Phi_{i}^{\prime}-\Phi_{i}). (2.3.8)

Moreover, the ECH index does not depend on the choice of trivialization. The budding ECH enthusiast can find further details in [Hu14, §3].

Remark 2.20.

If uu is a cylinder, then the orbit sets α\alpha and β\beta each consist of single Reeb orbit. We denote these orbits by γ+\gamma_{+} and γ\gamma_{-}, respectively. We further take γ+¯\overline{\gamma_{+}} and γ¯\overline{\gamma_{-}} to be the respective underlying embedded Reeb orbits for γ+\gamma_{+} and γ\gamma_{-}, e.g.

γ±¯m(γ±)=γ±,\overline{\gamma_{\pm}}^{m(\gamma_{\pm})}=\gamma_{\pm},

where m(γ)m(\gamma) is the multiplicity of the orbit γ\gamma. Then for ZH2(M,γ+,γ)Z\in H_{2}(M,\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-}) we have

I(u)=c1Φ(uξ)+QΦ(Z)+=1m(γ+)μCZ(γ+¯)=1m(γ)μCZ(γ¯){I(u)=c_{1}^{\Phi}(u^{*}\xi)+Q_{\Phi}(Z)+\sum_{\ell=1}^{m(\gamma_{+})}\mu_{CZ}\left(\overline{\gamma_{+}}^{\ell}\right)-\sum_{\ell=1}^{m(\gamma_{-})}\mu_{CZ}\left(\overline{\gamma_{-}}^{\ell}\right)}
Definition 2.21 (Iu(u~)I_{u}(\widetilde{u}), the ECH index of u~\widetilde{u} ``relative to uu'').

We can similarly define the ECH index of an immersed curve uu and its cover u~\widetilde{u} within the (underlying) normal bundle NuN_{u}. We regard NuN_{u} a type of completed symplectic cobordism between the disjoint union over the ends of uu of the normal bundle of the corresponding (possibly multiply covered) Reeb orbit. When uu is regarded as a zero section it defines an embedded pseudoholomorphic curve in NuN_{u} whose ends are all at distinct simple Reeb orbits, even if this is not true for the original curve uu. As a result, there is a well defined notion of the ECH index of u~\widetilde{u} in the normal bundle NuN_{u}. This is defined by copying the above formulas in the normal bundle NuN_{u}. We can think of this as the ECH index ``relative to uu'', and we denote it by Iu(u~).I_{u}(\widetilde{u}).

Remark 2.22.

If uu is somewhere injective in (W,J)(W,J) and all its ends are at distinct simple Reeb orbits, then the ECH index of u~\widetilde{u} in NuN_{u} agrees with the ECH index of u~\widetilde{u} in WW,

Iu(u~)=I(u~).I_{u}(\widetilde{u})=I(\widetilde{u}).

If uu does not have these properties, then it is possible that Iu(u~)I(u~).I_{u}(\widetilde{u})\neq I(\widetilde{u}).

2.3.2 Recollections on the relative adjunction formula

In this section we review the relative adjunction formulas of interest, which are later used to show certain multiply covered cylinders are agreeable. This is taken from [Hu02, §3] and is stated for pseudoholomorphic curves interpolating between orbit sets α\alpha and β\beta in symplectizations. As explained in [Hu09, §4.4] the proof carries over in a straightforward manner to exact symplectic cobordisms.

Lemma 2.23.

Let u(α,β)u\in\mathcal{M}(\alpha,\beta) be somewhere injective, SS be a representative of ZH2(M,α,β)Z\in H_{2}(M,\alpha,\beta), and Φ𝒯(α,β)\Phi\in\mathcal{T}(\alpha,\beta). Let NSN_{S} be the normal bundle to SS.

  1. (i)

    If uu is further assumed to be embedded everywhere then

    c1Φ(Z)=χ(S)+c1Φ(NS).c_{1}^{\Phi}(Z)=\chi(S)+c_{1}^{\Phi}(N_{S}). (2.3.9)
  2. (ii)

    For general embedded representatives SS, e.g. ones not necessarily coming from pseuoholomorphic curves, (2.3.9) holds mod 2 and

    c1Φ(NS)=wΦ(S)+QΦ(Z,Z).c_{1}^{\Phi}(N_{S})=w_{\Phi}(S)+Q_{\Phi}(Z,Z). (2.3.10)
  3. (iii)

    If uu is embedded except at possibly finitely many singularities then

    c1Φ(Z)=χ(u)+QΦ(Z)+wΦ(u)2δ(u),c_{1}^{\Phi}(Z)=\chi(u)+Q_{\Phi}(Z)+w_{\Phi}(u)-2\delta(u), (2.3.11)

    where δ(u)\delta(u) is a sum of positive integer contributions from each singularity.

Sketch of Proof.
  1. (i)

    We have the following decomposition of complex vector bundles:

    (ξ)|S=TW|S=TSNS.({\mathbb{C}}\oplus\xi)|_{S}=TW|_{S}=TS\oplus N_{S}. (2.3.12)

    Let ψξ\psi_{\xi} and ψN\psi_{N} be Φ\Phi-trivial sections of ξ|S\xi|_{S} and N|SN|_{S} and let ψS\psi_{S} be a nonvanishing section of TS|STS|_{\partial S} tangent to SS. Over S\partial S we have a homotopy through nonvanishing sections of the determinant line bundles

    1ψξψSψN.1\wedge\psi_{\xi}\approx\psi_{S}\wedge\psi_{N}.

    In general, if LiL_{i} is a complex line bundle on SS and sis_{i} is a nonvanishing section of L|SiL{{}_{i}}|_{\partial S} up to homotopy for i=1,2i=1,2 then

    c1(det(L1L2),s1s2)=c1(L1,s1)+c1(L2,s2).c_{1}(\mbox{det}(L_{1}\oplus L_{2}),s_{1}\wedge s_{2})=c_{1}(L_{1},s_{1})+c_{1}(L_{2},s_{2}).

    In light of this identity with respect to the above sections, we obtain

    c1Φ(Z)=χ(S)+c1Φ(NS),c_{1}^{\Phi}(Z)=\chi(S)+c_{1}^{\Phi}(N_{S}),

    as desired.

  2. (ii)

    The isomorphism in (2.3.12) still holds at the level of real vector bundles and still respects the complex structure on S\partial S after straightening SS to be normal to {1,1}×M\{-1,1\}\times M. As a result, the relative first Chern classes differ by an even integer because changing the complex structure on a rank two complex vector bundle over a closed surface changes the first Chern class by an even integer.

    To prove (2.3.10) we recall the following argument. Let ϵ>0\epsilon>0 be small and let

    S0=S(1+ϵ,1ϵ)×M).S_{0}=S\cap(-1+\epsilon,1-\epsilon)\times M).

    Let SS^{\prime} be a surface in which SS0S\setminus S_{0} is replaced by a surface S1S_{1}, consisting of cobordisms with Φ\Phi-trivial braids so that SS^{\prime} is a Φ\Phi-representative of ZZ. Let ψ\psi be a section of the normal bundle NSN_{S^{\prime}} that is Φ\Phi-trivial over S1\partial S_{1}. Let ψ0\psi_{0} and ψ1\psi_{1}. denote the restrictions of ψ\psi to S0S_{0} and S1S_{1} respectively. We can compute QΦ(Z,Z)Q_{\Phi}(Z,Z) by counting the intersections of SS^{\prime} with a pushoff of SS^{\prime} via Ψ\Psi so that

    QΦ(Z,Z)=#Ψ1(0)=#ψ01(0)+#ψ11(0)=c1Φ(NS)+#ψ11(0),\begin{array}[]{lcl}Q_{\Phi}(Z,Z)&=&\#\Psi^{-1}(0)\\ &=&\#\psi^{-1}_{0}(0)+\#\psi^{-1}_{1}(0)\\ &=&c_{1}^{\Phi}(N_{S})+\#\psi^{-1}_{1}(0),\\ \end{array}

    where `#\#' indicates the number of points with signs after appropriately perturbing to obtain transversality.

    To see why

    #ψ11(0)=wΦ(S),\#\psi^{-1}_{1}(0)=-w_{\Phi}(S),

    we note that in our cobordism of braids that we can take ψ1\psi_{1} to be the projection of a nonzero vertical tangent vector in the annulus cross (-1,1) that we have identified a tubular neighborhood of γ\gamma with. This section will have zeros at the branch points of the projection to ([1,1+ϵ][1ϵ,1])×M([-1,-1+\epsilon]\cup[1-\epsilon,1])\times M where the writhes of the braids change.

  3. (iii)

    Near each singular point we can perturb the surface to become an immersion which is symplectic with respect to ω+dsdt\omega+ds\wedge dt on ×M\mathbb{R}\times M and which only has transverse double point singularities. The local contribution to δ\delta is then the number of double points.

    To prove (2.3.11) we carry out the above perturbation near each singularity without affecting any of the other terms. As a result, the normal bundle NuuN_{u}\to u is well defined and a modification of the proof shows that shows that (2.3.9) still holds while a correction of 2δ(u)2\delta(u) is needed for (2.3.10) to hold.

Remark 2.24.

If uu is a closed pseudoholomorphic curve, then there is no writhe term or trivialization choice, and (2.3.11) reduces to the usual adjunction formula

c1(TW),[u]=χ(u)+[u][u]2δ(u).\langle c_{1}(TW),[u]\rangle=\chi(u)+[u]\cdot[u]-2\delta(u).

The following remark follows from Lemma 2.23(ii) and will be used later on to compute the ECH index for certain unbranched multiply covered cylinders relative to the embededed curve.

Remark 2.25.

Suppose that uu is a somewhere injective cylinder in (W,J)(W,J) with ends at simple positive hyperbolic orbits γ+\gamma_{+} and γ\gamma_{-} satisfying ind(u)=0\mbox{ind}(u)=0 and that Φ\Phi is a trivialization for which c1Φ(u)=0c_{1}^{\Phi}(u)=0. Let ZZ be the zero section in the normal bundle NN determined by uu. Using the same trivialization Φ\Phi we have for any representative SS of ZZ that c1Φ(NS)=0c_{1}^{\Phi}(N_{S})=0. Moreover, wΦ(Z)=0w_{\Phi}(Z)=0 because the ends of uu are at simple distinct Reeb orbits and since uu is embedded, δ(u)=0\delta(u)=0. Thus the relative adjunction formula implies that QΦ(Z)=0Q_{\Phi}(Z)=0. By [Hu09, (3.11)] we can deduce that for any kk-fold cover of uu, the associated zero section kZkZ in NN satisfies

QΦ0(kZ)=k2QΦ0(Z)=0.Q_{\Phi_{0}}(kZ)=k^{2}Q_{\Phi_{0}}(Z)=0.

2.3.3 The ECH partition conditions and index inequality

Our regularity result also relies on the ECH partition conditions. These conditions are a topological type of data associated to the pseudoholomorphic curves (and currents) which can be obtained indirectly from certain ECH index relations. In particular, the covering multiplicities of the Reeb orbits at the ends of the nontrivial components of the pseudoholomorphic curves (and currents) are uniquely determined by the trivial cylinder component information. While not needed in this paper, we note that the genus can be determined by the current's relative homology class.

Definition 2.26.

[Hu14, §3.9] Let γ\gamma be an embedded Reeb orbit and mm a positive integer. We define two partitions of mm, the positive partition Pγ+(m)P^{+}_{\gamma}(m) and the negative partition Pγ(m)P^{-}_{\gamma}(m)666Previously the papers [Hu02, Hu09] used the terminology incoming and outgoing partitions. as follows.

  • If γ\gamma is positive hyperbolic, then

    Pγ+(m):=Pγ(m):=(1,,1).P_{\gamma}^{+}(m):=P_{\gamma}^{-}(m):=(1,...,1).
  • If γ\gamma is negative hyperbolic, then

    Pγ+(m):=Pγ(m):={(2,,2)m even,(2,,2,1)m odd. P_{\gamma}^{+}(m):=P_{\gamma}^{-}(m):=\left\{\begin{array}[]{ll}(2,...,2)&m\mbox{ even,}\\ (2,...,2,1)&m\mbox{ odd. }\\ \end{array}\right.
  • If γ\gamma is elliptic then the partitions are defined in terms of the quantity ϑ\vartheta\in\mathbb{R}\setminus\mathbb{Z} for which μCZΦ(γk)=2kϑ+1\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma^{k})=2\lfloor k\vartheta\rfloor+1. We write

    Pγ±(m):=Pϑ±(m),P_{\gamma}^{\pm}(m):=P_{\vartheta}^{\pm}(m),

    with the right hand side defined as follows.

    Let Λϑ+(m)\Lambda^{+}_{\vartheta}(m) denote the lowest convex polygonal path in the plane that starts at (0,0)(0,0), ends at (m,mϑ)(m,\lceil m\vartheta\rceil), stays above the line y=ϑxy=\vartheta x, and has corners at lattice points. Then the integers Pϑ+(m)P^{+}_{\vartheta}(m) are the horizontal displacements of the segments of the path Λϑ+(m)\Lambda^{+}_{\vartheta}(m) between the lattice points.

    Likewise, let Λϑ(m)\Lambda^{-}_{\vartheta}(m) denote the highest concave polygonal path in the plane that starts at (0,0)(0,0), ends at (m,mϑ)(m,\lfloor m\vartheta\rfloor), stays below above the line y=ϑxy=\vartheta x, and has corners at lattice points. Then the integers Pϑ(m)P^{-}_{\vartheta}(m) are the horizontal displacements of the segments of the path Λϑ(m)\Lambda^{-}_{\vartheta}(m) between the lattice points,

    Both Pϑ±(m)P_{\vartheta}^{\pm}(m) depend only on the class of ϑ\vartheta in \mathbb{R}\setminus\mathbb{Z}. Moreover, Pϑ+(m)=Pϑ(m)P_{\vartheta}^{+}(m)=P_{-\vartheta}^{-}(m).

Example 2.27.

If the rotation angle for elliptic orbit γ\gamma satisfies ϑ(0,1/m)\vartheta\in(0,1/m) then

Pϑ+(m)=(1,,1)Pϑ(m)=(m).\begin{array}[]{lcl}P_{\vartheta}^{+}(m)&=&(1,...,1)\\ P_{\vartheta}^{-}(m)&=&(m).\\ \end{array}

The partitions are quite complex for other ϑ\vartheta values, see [Hu14, Fig. 1].

Definition 2.28.

We say that u~\widetilde{u} satisfies the ECH partition conditions ``relative to u'' if it satisfies the usual ECH partition conditions in the normal bundle Nu.N_{u}.

If all ends of uu are at distinct simple Reeb orbits then u~\widetilde{u} satisfies the ECH partition conditions if and only if u~\widetilde{u} satisfies the ECH partition conditions relative to uu.

We end this section by mentioning the ECH index inequality [Hu09, Theorem 4.15] in symplectic cobordisms. As before we take α={(αi,mi)}\alpha=\{(\alpha_{i},m_{i})\} and β={(βj,nj)}\beta=\{(\beta_{j},n_{j})\} to be Reeb orbit sets in the same homology class. Let C(α,β)C\in\mathcal{M}(\alpha,\beta). For each ii let ai+a_{i}^{+} denote the number of positive ends of CC at αi\alpha_{i} and let {qi,k+}k=1ai+\{q_{i,k}^{+}\}_{k=1}^{a_{i}^{+}} denote their multiplicities. Thus k=1ai+qi,k+=mi\sum_{k=1}^{a_{i}^{+}}q_{i,k}^{+}=m_{i}. Likewise, for each jj let bib_{i}^{-} denote the number of negative ends of CC at βj\beta_{j} and let {qj,k}k=1bj\{q_{j,k}^{-}\}_{k=1}^{b_{j}^{-}} denote their multiplicities; we have k=1bjqj,k=nj\sum_{k=1}^{b_{j}^{-}}q_{j,k}^{-}=n_{j}.

Theorem 2.29 (ECH index inequality).

Suppose C(α,β)C\in\mathcal{M}(\alpha,\beta) is somewhere injective. Then

ind(C)I(C)2δ(C).\mbox{\em ind}(C)\leq I(C)-2\delta(C).

Equality holds only if {qi,k+}=Pαi+(mi)\{q_{i,k}^{+}\}=P_{\alpha_{i}}^{+}(m_{i}) for each ii and {qj,k}=Pβj(nj)\{q_{j,k}^{-}\}=P_{\beta_{j}}^{-}(n_{j}) for each jj.

2.3.4 Agreeability via ECH and regularity for cylinders

We are now ready to prove the below result in regards to agreeable multiply covered curves, which we will use to prove that certain cylinders in cobordisms are regular.

Proposition 2.30.

Assume that ker(Du)=0\mbox{\em ker}(D_{u})=0. Suppose that either ind(u~)>Iu(u~),\mbox{\em ind}(\widetilde{u})>I_{u}(\widetilde{u}), or ind(u~)=Iu(u~)\mbox{\em ind}(\widetilde{u})=I_{u}(\widetilde{u}) and u~\widetilde{u} does not satisfy the ECH partition conditions relative to uu. Furthermore, if u~u\widetilde{u}\to u factors through a branched cover u^u\widehat{u}\to u whose degree is between 1 and kk, then assume that the above condition also holds with u~\widetilde{u} replaced by u^\widehat{u}. Then u~\widetilde{u} is agreeable.

Proof.

Regarding the normal bundle NuN_{u} as a four manifold, there is a unique almost complex structure on NuN_{u} whose restriction to the fibers agrees with the almost complex structure JJ on WW, such that a local section ψ\psi is in the kernel of the operator DuD_{u} if and only if ψ\psi is a pseudoholomorphic map from a neighborhood in uu to Nu.N_{u}.

Suppose ψ~\widetilde{\psi} is a nonzero element of ker(Du~)\mbox{ker}(D_{\widetilde{u}}). Let ψ\psi denote the image of ψ~\widetilde{\psi} under the projection πNuNu.\pi^{*}N_{u}\to N_{u}. Then ψ\psi is a holomorphic curve in Nu.N_{u}. By the assumption that ker(Du)=0\mbox{ker}(D_{u})=0 and the assumption about intermediate branched covers in Proposition 2.30, we can assume without loss of generality that ψ\psi is somewhere injective.

A version of the ECH index inequality tells us that ind(ψ)Iu(ψ)\mbox{ind}(\psi)\leq I_{u}(\psi), with equality only if ψ\psi satisfies the ECH partition conditions relative to uu. This is proven in the same manner as the usual ECH index inequality, except that in this case one does not need Siefring's nonlinear analysis [Si08]. Rather, one can appeal to the linear analysis of [Hu02].

As a consequence, we can replace ψ\psi everywhere by u~\widetilde{u} without changing anything in the first paragraph of our proof. This yields a contradiction to the assumptions of said Proposition 2.30, which means that ψ\psi could not exist, so u~\widetilde{u} is agreeable.

We can now use the above result to obtain regularity for the unbranched covers of a somewhere injective cylinder with Fredholm index zero having one positive end and one negative end, each at positive hyperbolic orbits, in a cobordism. Unbranched covers of cylinders with Fredholm index zero which do not limit on positive hyperbolic orbits are guaranteed to be regular by automatic transversality as stated in Proposition 2.13.

Proposition 2.31.

Let (W,λ)(W,\lambda) be an exact symplectic cobordism between two dynamically separated contact forms and JJ a generic compatible almost complex structure.. Suppose that u^J(γ+;γ)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{+};\gamma_{-}) is a somewhere injective nonconstant cylinder with Fredholm index zero which has one positive end and one negative end, each at positive hyperbolic orbits. Then any unbranched cover of u~^J(γ+k;γk)\widetilde{u}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma_{-}^{k}) is agreeable and hence regular.

Proof.

From the definition of dynamically separated and because [γ+]=[γ][\gamma_{+}]=[\gamma_{-}] we have

 ind(u~)= ind(u)=0.{\mbox{ ind}}(\widetilde{u})={\mbox{ ind}}({u})=0.

The discussion in Remark 2.25 permits us to conclude that

Iu(u~)= ind(u~)=0.I_{u}(\widetilde{u})={\mbox{ ind}}(\widetilde{u})=0.

Moreover, the ECH partition conditions fail, because they stipulate that u~\widetilde{u} would need to have kk positive ends and kk negative ends. As a result, Proposition 2.30 permits us to conclude that u~\widetilde{u} is agreeable. Finally, since u~\widetilde{u} does not have any branch points Remark 2.12 yields that agreeability holds if and only if regularity does. ∎

Proposition 2.32.

Let (M,ξ)(M,\xi) be a closed contact 3-manifold which admits two distinct nondegenerate dynamically separated contactomorphic contact forms λ±\lambda_{\pm} and J±J_{\pm} be generic λ±\lambda_{\pm}-compatible almost complex structures. Suppose J0J_{0} and J1J_{1} are two generic choices of compatible almost complex structures on WW that both match J±J_{\pm} on the cylindrical ends and let {Jτ}τ[0,1]\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in[0,1]} be a generic smooth path of cobordism compatible almost complex structures connecting J0J_{0} to J1J_{1}. Then any unbranched cover u~\widetilde{u} of a somewhere injective parametrically regular cylinder uJτ(γ+,γ)u\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}(\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-}) satisfying ind(u)=1\mbox{\em ind}(u)=-1, which exists for isolated values of τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1), satisfies ind(u~)=1\mbox{\em ind}(\widetilde{u})=-1 and is also parametrically regular.

Proof.

From the definition of dynamically separated and because [γ+]=[γ][\gamma_{+}]=[\gamma_{-}] we have

 ind(u~)= ind(u)=1.{\mbox{ ind}}(\widetilde{u})={\mbox{ ind}}({u})=-1.

As a result, one of the orbits must be positive hyperbolic and an analogous argument as in Remark 2.25 permits us to conclude that

Iu(u~)= deg(u~).I_{u}(\widetilde{u})=-{\mbox{ deg}}(\widetilde{u}).

Moreover, the ECH partition conditions fail, given that one of the orbits is hyperbolic for index reasons. As a result, Proposition 2.30 permits us to conclude that u~\widetilde{u} is agreeable.

Finally, we show that parametric agreeability in this situation implies parametric regularity. Recall the deformation operators DuD_{u} and Du~D_{\widetilde{u}} from (2.3.1) and (2.3.2) respectively. Parametric regularity is the condition that ddτ(¯Jτu)\dfrac{d}{d\tau}\left(\overline{\partial}_{J_{\tau}}u\right) span Coker(Du)\mbox{Coker}(D_{u}). Denoting DuD_{u}^{*} as the formal adjoint of DuD_{u} we have that Coker(Du)=Ker(Du)\mbox{Coker}(D_{u})=\mbox{Ker}(D_{u}^{*}), hence parametric regularity is equivalent to the following conditions

  1. (i)

    dim(Ker(Du))=1\mbox{dim}(\mbox{Ker}(D_{u}^{*}))=1;

  2. (ii)

    If η\eta generates Ker(Du)\mbox{Ker}(D_{u}^{*}) then η,ddτ(¯Jτu)=0.\left\langle\eta,\dfrac{d}{d\tau}\left(\overline{\partial}_{J_{\tau}}u\right)\right\rangle=0.

We established that u~\widetilde{u} is agreeable, e.g. dim(Ker(Du~))=1\mbox{dim}(\mbox{Ker}(D_{\widetilde{u}}^{*}))=1, so condition (i) is satisfied. To see why condition (ii) holds, note that the generator η\eta of the underlying somewhere injective cylinder uu pulls back to η~\widetilde{\eta} which generates Ker(Du~).\mbox{Ker}(D_{\widetilde{u}}^{*}). Thus

η~,ddτ(¯Jτu~)=deg(u~)η,ddτ(¯Jτu)=0,\left\langle\widetilde{\eta},\dfrac{d}{d\tau}\left(\overline{\partial}_{J_{\tau}}\widetilde{u}\right)\right\rangle=-\mbox{deg}(\widetilde{u})\left\langle\eta,\dfrac{d}{d\tau}\left(\overline{\partial}_{J_{\tau}}u\right)\right\rangle=0,

hence we may conclude that u~\widetilde{u} is parametrically regular. ∎

Remark 2.33.

Proposition 2.13, Proposition 2.31, and Proposition 2.32 are used to show that the chain map and chain homotopy equations are well-defined, as they guarantee (parametric) regularity for the necessary index 1, 0, -1 cylinders. Outside of a symplectization, wherein automatic transversality holds (cf. Lemma 2.14), these (parametric) regularity results are highly dependent on the dynamically separated condition.

3 Bounds on buildings

In Section 3.1 we obtain lower bounds on the Fredholm index which enables us to rule out noncylindrical levels from appearing in the compactification of moduli spaces of cylinders in cobordisms between nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms. When combined with the regularity results of Section 2, we will be able to define the chain map and chain homotopy by directly counting of elements of moduli spaces of cylinders. The construction of the chain map is given in Section 3.2 and the construction of the chain homotopy is given in Section 3.3. For ease of exposition, we first prove the following unfiltered invariance result, assuming the existence of nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms. Slight variations on these arguments yield analogous results on filtered cylindrical contact homology, which are explained in Section 3.4.

We define a dynamically separated pair (λ,J)(\lambda,J) on a closed contact manifold (M3,ξ)(M^{3},\xi) to consist of a dynamically separated contact form λ\lambda such that ker λ=ξ\lambda=\xi and a generic λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structure JJ.

Theorem 3.1.

Let (λ1,J1)(\lambda_{1},J_{1}) and (λ2,J2)(\lambda_{2},J_{2}) be two nondegenerate dynamically separated pairs on a closed contact manifold (M3,ξ)(M^{3},\xi). Then there exists a natural isomorphism

Φ21:CH(M,λ1,J1;)CH(M,λ2,J2;).\Phi^{21}:CH_{*}(M,\lambda_{1},J_{1};\mathbb{Q})\to CH_{*}(M,\lambda_{2},J_{2};\mathbb{Q}). (3.0.1)

If (λ3,J3)(\lambda_{3},J_{3}) is another nondegenerate dynamically separated pair, then

Φ31=Φ32Φ21,Φ11=Φ22=Φ33=id.\Phi^{31}=\Phi^{32}\circ\Phi^{21},\ \ \ \Phi^{11}=\Phi^{22}=\Phi^{33}=\mbox{id}.

3.1 Numerology of the multiply covered

This section gives lower bounds on the index of multiply covered curves via the Riemann-Hurwitz theorem and Conley-Zehnder index formulas in dimension three, extending methods previously used in [HN16, Ne15]. To avoid cumbersome statements in this section, all propositions and lemmata are stated under the assumption that nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms exist. They hold for LL-nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms provided that the Reeb orbits comprising the asymptotics of the moduli spaces are all of action less than LL.

First we recall the Riemann-Hurwitz Theorem.

Theorem 3.2 (Hartshorne, Corollary IV.2.4).

Let φ:Σ˙~Σ˙\varphi:\widetilde{\dot{\Sigma}}\to\dot{\Sigma} be a compact kk-fold cover of the Riemann surface Σ˙\dot{\Sigma}. Then

χ(Σ˙~)=kχ(Σ˙)pΣ˙~(e(p)1),\chi(\widetilde{\dot{\Sigma}})=k\chi(\dot{\Sigma})-\sum_{p\in\widetilde{\dot{\Sigma}}}(e(p)-1),

where e(p)1e(p)-1 is the ramification index of φ\varphi at pp.

We will use bb to keep track of the number of branch points counted with multiplicity:

b:=pΣ˙~(e(p)1).b:=\sum_{p\in\widetilde{\dot{\Sigma}}}(e(p)-1). (3.1.1)

At unbranched points pp we have e(p)1=0e(p)-1=0, thus for any qΣ˙q\in\dot{\Sigma},

pφ1(q)e(p)=k.\sum_{p\in\varphi^{-1}(q)}e(p)=k.

The multiplicity of the Reeb orbits of the cover of an asymptotically cylindrical curve are determined by the monodromy with the local behavior of a curve near its punctures [MW94, Si08].

Remark 3.3.

In this section, we denote γ+\gamma^{\ell}_{+} to be the \ell-fold cover of a simple orbit γ+{\gamma_{+}} and γd\gamma^{d}_{-} the dd-fold cover of a simple orbit γ{\gamma_{-}}. Depending on the multiplicities of the orbits and existence of a covering map, the curve u^J(γ+;γd)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma^{\ell}_{+};\gamma^{d}_{-}) may or may not be multiply covered.

We obtain the following result.

Proposition 3.4.

Let (M3,kerλ±)(M^{3},\ker\lambda_{\pm}) be a closed contact manifold such that λ±\lambda_{\pm} are nondegenerate dynamically convex contact forms. Let (W,J)(W,J) be a generic exact symplectic cobordism and u^J(γ+;γ0,γs)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}};\gamma_{0},...\gamma_{s}) be a somewhere injective curve. Then any genus zero kk-fold cover u~\widetilde{u} of uu with 1 positive puncture must have 1+ks+b1+ks+b negative punctures and satisfies

ind(u~)kind(u)2k+2b+2.{\mbox{\em ind}}(\widetilde{u})\geq k\cdot{\mbox{\em ind}}(u)-2k+2b+2. (3.1.2)
Proof.

Recall that the index of the underlying curve uu is given by

ind(u)=s+μCZ(γ+)i=0sμCZ(γi),\begin{array}[]{lcl}{\mbox{ind}}(u)&=&s+\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\displaystyle\sum_{i=0}^{s}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{i}),\\ \end{array} (3.1.3)

and that Lemma 2.9 yields

kμCZ(γ)k+1μCZ(γk)kμCZ(γ)+k1.k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma)-k+1\leq\mu_{CZ}(\gamma^{k})\leq k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma)+k-1. (3.1.4)

From the Riemann-Hurwitz Theorem if u~\widetilde{u} has 1 positive puncture then it must have 1+ks+b1+ks+b negative punctures.

Let δ0,,δks+b\delta_{0},...,\delta_{ks+b} denote the Reeb orbits at which uu has negative ends; these are covers of γ0,,γs\gamma_{0},...,\gamma_{s}. Moreover,

i=0ks+bμCZ(δi)ki=0sμCZ(γi)+(k(s+1)(ks+b+1))\sum_{i=0}^{ks+b}\mu_{CZ}(\delta_{i})\leq k\sum_{i=0}^{s}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{i})+(k(s+1)-(ks+b+1)) (3.1.5)

Then (3.1.4) and (3.1.5) yield

ind(u~)=ks+b+μCZ(γ+k)i=0ks+bμCZ(δi)ks+b+(kμCZ(γ+)k+1)ki=0sμCZ(γi)k+b+1=k(s+μCZ(γ+)i=0sμCZ(γi))2k+2b+2=kind(u)2k+2b+2.\begin{array}[]{lcl}{\mbox{ind}}(\widetilde{u})&=&ks+b+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{k})-\displaystyle\sum_{i=0}^{ks+b}\mu_{CZ}(\delta_{i})\\ &\geq&ks+b+(\displaystyle k\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-k+1)-k\sum_{i=0}^{s}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{i})-k+b+1\\ &=&k\left(s+\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\displaystyle\sum_{i=0}^{s}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{i})\right)-2k+2b+2\\ &=&k\cdot{\mbox{ind}}(u)-2k+2b+2.\\ \end{array}

In some cases kind(u)2k+2b+20k\cdot{\mbox{ind}}(u)-2k+2b+2\leq 0, but this is not problematic because we will cap off ks+bks+b ends, each of which have index 2\geq 2; precise arguments appear in a subsequent series of lemmata.

However, we need to improve improve the preceding result when the underlying curve is a cylinder as well as when it is a pair of pants of index -1 in a one parameter family of exact symplectic cobordisms. The following results for covers of cylinders in symplectizations are proven in [Ne15, Prop. 4.11, 4.12].

Proposition 3.5 (covers of cylinders in a symplectization).

Let (M3,λ)(M^{3},\lambda) be a nondegenerate closed contact manifold and J{J} a generic λ\lambda-compatible almost complex structure on ×M\mathbb{R}\times M. Any genus zero branched kk-fold cover u~\widetilde{u} of a nontrivial cylinder uu with 1 positive puncture must be an element of ^J(γ+k;γk1,γkn)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma_{-}^{k_{1}},...\gamma_{-}^{k_{n}}) where k:=k1++knk:=k_{1}+...+k_{n}. Moreover,

  • (i)

    if ind(u)2{\mbox{\em ind}}(u)\geq 2 then ind(u~)2n{\mbox{\em ind}}(\widetilde{u})\geq 2n;

  • (ii)

    if ind(u)=1{\mbox{\em ind}}(u)=1 with γ+{\gamma_{+}} hyperbolic then ind(u~)2n1{\mbox{\em ind}}(\widetilde{u})\geq 2n-1;

  • (iii)

    if ind(u)=1{\mbox{\em ind}}(u)=1 with γ{\gamma_{-}} hyperbolic then ind(u~)n{\mbox{\em ind}}(\widetilde{u})\geq n.

Any genus zero kk-fold cover u~0\widetilde{u}_{0} of of a trival cylinder u0u_{0} with 1 positive puncture must either be an element of ^J(γk;γk)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma^{k};\gamma^{k}) or ^J(γk;γk1,γkn)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma^{k};\gamma^{k_{1}},...\gamma^{k_{n}}) where k:=k1++knk:=k_{1}+...+k_{n}. In the former case when we have

ind(u~0)=0.{\mbox{\em ind}}(\widetilde{u}_{0})=0.

In the latter case when u~0^J(γk;γk1,γkn)\widetilde{u}_{0}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma^{k};\gamma^{k_{1}},...\gamma^{k_{n}}) we have

ind(u~0)0.{\mbox{\em ind}}(\widetilde{u}_{0})\geq 0. (3.1.6)

The next result we need is concerns covers of cylinders in exact symplectic cobordisms between nondegenerate dynamically separated pairs. Since we are only concerned with those covers which could appear in a building, the positive end and one of the negative ends must be in the same free homotopy class while the remaining negative ends must be contractible. We denote the free homotopy class of a Reeb orbit γ\gamma by [γ][\gamma].

Proposition 3.6.

Let (W,J)(W,J) be a generic exact symplectic cobordism between nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms on a closed contact 3-manifold. Let u^J(γ+;γ)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{+};\gamma_{-}) be a somewhere injective. Then any genus zero kk-fold cover with n1n-1 contractible ends u~^J(γ+k;γk1,γkn)\widetilde{u}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma^{k_{1}}_{-},...\gamma^{k_{n}}_{-}) satisfies k:=k1++knk:=k_{1}+...+k_{n}. If [γ+k]=[γk1][\gamma_{+}^{k}]=[\gamma_{-}^{k_{1}}] and 0=[γk2]==[γkn]0=[\gamma_{-}^{k_{2}}]=...=[\gamma_{-}^{k_{n}}] then

ind(u~)n+1i=2nμCZ(γki).{\mbox{\em ind}}(\widetilde{u})\geq n+1-\sum_{i=2}^{n}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}}). (3.1.7)
Proof.

Since [γ+k]=[γk1][\gamma_{+}^{k}]=[\gamma_{-}^{k_{1}}] and [γ+]=[γ][\gamma_{+}]=[\gamma_{-}] the definition of dynamically separated forces

μCZ(γ+k)(γk1)2+4=2,\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{k})-(\gamma_{-}^{k_{1}})\geq-2+4=2,

and the result follows from the Fredholm index formula. ∎

We improve the preceding result when the underlying somewhere injective curve is a pair of pants of index -1 in a cobordism. We first treat the case when there are no branch points.

Proposition 3.7.

Let (W,𝕁={Jτ}τ[0,1])τ[0,1](W,\mathbb{J}=\{J^{\tau}\}_{\tau\in[0,1]})_{\tau\in[0,1]} be a one parameter family of generic exact symplectic cobordisms between nondegenerate dynamically separated pairs. Let u^Jτ(γ+;γ0,γ1)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}};\gamma_{0},\gamma_{1}) be somewhere injective with ind(u)=1\mbox{\em ind}(u)=-1 for some τ(0,1).\tau\in(0,1). Then any genus zero unbranched kk-fold cover u~\widetilde{u} of uu with 1 positive puncture must be an element of ^Jτ(γ+k;γ0k,γ1,,γ1k copies)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J_{\tau}}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma_{0}^{k},\underbrace{\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{1}}_{\text{$k$ copies}}) or ^Jτ(γ+k;γ0,,γ0k copies,γ1k)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J_{\tau}}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\underbrace{\gamma_{0},...,\gamma_{0}}_{\text{$k$ copies}},\gamma_{1}^{k}).

In the former case,

ind(u~)2k+1+kμCZ(γ0)μCZ(γ0k).\mbox{\em ind}(\widetilde{u})\geq-2k+1+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k}).
Proof.

As a preliminary step we first explain why being an unbranched cover forces the configuration of asymptotic limits at negative punctures as claimed. From Riemann-Hurwitz, we have that number of punctures of Σ˙\dot{\Sigma} is 2+k2+k. To understand the multiplicities of the negative asymptotic limits we note that these are determined by the monodromy of the local behavior of a curve near its punctures which are in turn governed by the monodromy of the covering.

We can model the kk-fold cover φ:Σ˙~Σ˙\varphi:\widetilde{\dot{\Sigma}}\to\dot{\Sigma} in terms of the cover of a closed unit disk p:D2D2p:D^{2}\to D^{2} by zzkz\mapsto z^{k}, with interior marked points corresponding to the negative asymptotics. The boundary of the disk will correspond to the positive asymptotic γ+\gamma_{+} in the target and γ+k\gamma_{+}^{k} in the preimage. If we fix the origin to become the puncture corresponding to γ0\gamma_{0} or γ1\gamma_{1} in the target then we obtain γ0k\gamma_{0}^{k} or γ1k\gamma_{1}^{k} in the preimage respectively. Any other point in the interior of D2𝟎D^{2}\setminus\mathbf{0} will have kk preimages, which corresponds to the kk-copies of γ1\gamma_{1} or γ0\gamma_{0}, corresponding to the respective asymptotic assignment of γ0\gamma_{0} or γ1\gamma_{1} to the origin.

We have

 ind(u)=1+μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ0)μCZ(γ1)=1,\mbox{ ind}(u)=1+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})=-1,

thus

μCZ(γ1)=2+μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ0).\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})=2+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}).

Then in the former case,

 ind(u~)=k+μCZ(γ+k)μCZ(γ0k)kμCZ(γ1)=k+μCZ(γ+k)μCZ(γ0k)+k(μCZ(γ0)μCZ(γ+))k+kμCZ(γ+)k+1μCZ(γ0k)+k(μCZ(γ0)μCZ(γ+))=2k+1+kμCZ(γ0)μCZ(γ0k).\begin{array}[]{lcl}\mbox{ ind}(\widetilde{u})&=&k+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{k})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k})-k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})\\ &=&-k+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{k})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k})+k(\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}))\\ &\geq&-k+k\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-k+1-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k})+k(\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}))\\ &=&-2k+1+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k}).\end{array}

We refine Proposition 3.7 when k=2k=2 and μCZ(γ0)=1\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})=1.

Proposition 3.8.

Let u^Jτ(γ+;γ0,γ1)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}};\gamma_{0},\gamma_{1}) be somewhere injective with  ind(u)=1\mbox{ \em ind}(u)=-1 and μCZ(γ0)=1\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})=1 for some τ(0,1).\tau\in(0,1). Then either γ+\gamma_{+} hyperbolic or γ1\gamma_{1} hyperbolic. For an unbranched cover u~^Jτ(γ+2;γ02,γ1,γ1)\widetilde{u}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J_{\tau}}}(\gamma_{+}^{2};\gamma_{0}^{2},{\gamma_{1},\gamma_{1}}), if γ+\gamma_{+} is hyperbolic then

ind(u~)3\mbox{\em ind}(\widetilde{u})\geq-3

otherwise if γ1\gamma_{1} is hyperbolic then

ind(u~)2.{\mbox{\em ind}(\widetilde{u})\geq-2}.
Proof.

Since ind(u)=1\mbox{ind}(u)=-1 and μCZ(γ0)=1\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})=1 then

μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ1)=1,\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})=-1,

thus one of γ+\gamma_{+} and γ1\gamma_{1} is hyperbolic. Moreover,

μCZ(γ02)2μCZ(γ0)+21,\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{2})\leq 2\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})+2-1,

thus μCZ(γ02)3.-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{2})\geq-3.

Case 1: If γ+{\gamma_{+}} is hyperbolic then μCZ(γ+2)=2μCZ(γ+)\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{2})=2\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}}) and

ind(u~)=2+μCZ(γ+2)μCZ(γ02)2μCZ(γ1)1+2μCZ(γ+)2μCZ(γ1)=3.\begin{array}[]{lcl}\mbox{ind}(\widetilde{u})&=&2+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{2})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{2})-2\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})\\ &\geq&-1+2\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-2\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})\\ &=&-3.\\ \end{array}

Case 2: If γ1\gamma_{1} is hyperbolic then μCZ(γ12)=2μCZ(γ1)\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1}^{2})=2\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1}). In combination with Proposition 2.9,

ind(u~)=2+μCZ(γ+2)μCZ(γ02)2μCZ(γ1)2+2μCZ(γ+)+21μCZ(γ02)2μCZ(γ1)=22+21μCZ(γ02)13.{\begin{array}[]{lcl}\mbox{ind}(\widetilde{u})&=&2+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{2})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{2})-2\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})\\ &\geq&2+2\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+})+2-1-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{2})-2\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})\\ &=&2-2+2-1-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{2})\\ &\geq&1-3.\\ \end{array}}

as desired. ∎

Next we consider branched covers of pants in cobordisms.

Proposition 3.9.

Let u^Jτ(γ+;γ0,γ)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}};\gamma_{0},\gamma_{-}) be somewhere injective with  ind(u)=1\mbox{ \em ind}(u)=-1. Then any genus zero branched kk-fold cover u~\widetilde{u} of uu with 1 positive puncture and bb branch points must be an element of ^Jτ(γ+k;γ0k0,,,γ0kb,γ1,,γ1k copies)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma_{0}^{k_{0}},,...,\gamma_{0}^{k_{b}},\underbrace{\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{1}}_{\text{$k$ copies}}) or ^Jτ(γ+k;γ0,,γ0k copies,γ1k0,,γ1kb)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\underbrace{\gamma_{0},...,\gamma_{0}}_{\text{$k$ copies}},\gamma_{1}^{k_{0}},...,\gamma_{1}^{k_{b}}) with k0++kb=kk_{0}+...+k_{b}=k.

In the former case,

ind(u~)2k+b+1+kμCZ(γ0)i=0bμCZ(γ0ki).\mbox{\em ind}(\widetilde{u})\geq-2k+b+1+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})-\sum_{i=0}^{b}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k_{i}}).
Proof.

Since ind(u)=1\mbox{ind}(u)=-1,

μCZ(γ1)=2+μCZ(γ0)μCZ(γ+),-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})=-2+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})-\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}}),

and

ind(u~)=k+b+μCZ(γ+k)dμCZ(γ1)i=0bμCZ(γ0ki)=k+b+μCZ(γ+k)+kμCZ(γ0)kμCZ(γ+)i=0bμCZ(γ0ki)k+b+kμCZ(γ+)k+1+kμCZ(γ0)kμCZ(γ+)i=0bμCZ(γ0ki)=2k+b+1+kμCZ(γ0)i=0bμCZ(γ0ki).\begin{array}[]{lcl}\mbox{ind}(\widetilde{u})&=&k+b+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{k})-d\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})-\sum_{i=0}^{b}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k_{i}})\\ &=&-k+b+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{k})+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})-k\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\sum_{i=0}^{b}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k_{i}})\\ &\geq&-k+b+k\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-k+1+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})-k\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\sum_{i=0}^{b}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k_{i}})\\ &=&-2k+b+1+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})-\sum_{i=0}^{b}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k_{i}}).\\ \end{array}

Remark 3.10.

If u~\widetilde{u} is a branched 2-fold cover of u^J(γ+;γ0,γ1)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}};\gamma_{0},\gamma_{1}) then u~^J(γ+2;γ0,γ0,γ1,γ1)\widetilde{u}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{+}^{2};\gamma_{0},\gamma_{0},\gamma_{1},\gamma_{1}).

The proof of Theorem 3.1 relies on the following series of inductive lemmata utilizing the above numerics. These results will allow us to exclude complicated compactifications as in Figure 3.1. Before proceeding, we recall the definition of a pseudoholomorphic building from [BEHWZ], which we adapt to our setting in which all curves and their limits are non-nodal and unmarked.

Refer to caption
Figure 3.1: A catastrophe of compactness best avoided.
Definition 3.11.

Any asymptotically cylindrical curve ui=[Σi,ji,Γi:=Γi+Γi+,ui]u_{i}=[\Sigma_{i},j_{i},\Gamma_{i}:=\Gamma^{+}_{i}\sqcup\Gamma^{+}_{i},u_{i}], with Σi\Sigma_{i} possibly disconnected, is said to be a height-1 non-nodal building, or height-1 building for short. Assuming there are bijections Ψi:ΓiΓi+1+\Psi_{i}:\to\Gamma_{i}^{-}\to\Gamma_{i+1}^{+} between the negative punctures of one curve and the positive punctures of the curve next in the sequence, a height-kk non-nodal building consists of a sequence (u1,um)(u_{1},...u_{m}) of mm height-1, non-nodal buildings and (Ψ1,Ψm1)(\Psi_{1},...\Psi_{m-1}), provided the punctures identified via Ψi\Psi_{i} have the same asymptotic limit.

Remark 3.12.

Throughout the following lemmata we assume that each level uiu_{i} of the building (u1,..,um)(u_{1},..,u_{m}) contains at least one nontrivial component, i.e. a component which is neither a trivial cylinder nor a constant map.

These proofs are done via induction on the number of levels of 𝔅:=(u1,,um)\mathfrak{B}:=(u_{1},...,u_{m}), where the uiu_{i} are levels of 𝔅\mathfrak{B} in decreasing order, e.g. u1u_{1} is the top level. For any 𝔅\mathfrak{B} with one positive end asymptotic to the Reeb orbit γ+{\gamma_{+}} and no negative ends,

ind(𝔅)=μCZ(γ+)1.\mbox{ind}(\mathfrak{B})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-1. (3.1.8)
Remark 3.13.

Throughout the following lemmata in Sections 3.1.1, 3.1.2 we assume that each level uiu_{i} of the building (u1,..,un)(u_{1},..,u_{n}) contains at least one nontrivial component, i.e. a component which is neither a trivial cylinder nor a constant map.

3.1.1 Excluding obstructions to the chain map

Unless otherwise specified, we assume we are working in a generic exact symplectic cobordism of contactomorphic nondegenerate dynamically separated pairs. This means that WW is an exact symplectic cobordism between dynamically separated contact forms and JJ is a generic cobordism compatible almost complex structure. We first recall the following result from [Ne15].

Lemma 3.14 (Lemma 4.15 [Ne15]).

Let 𝔅:=(u1,un)\mathfrak{B}:=(u_{1},...u_{n}) be a genus 0 building with one positive contractible end, and no negative ends in a symplectization. Then ind(𝔅)2,{\mbox{\em ind}}(\mathfrak{B})\geq 2, with equality if and only if 𝔅\mathfrak{B} consists only of a pseudoholomorphic plane.

Next, we prove the following result.

Proposition 3.15.

Let (W,J)(W,J) be a generic exact dynamically separated symplectic cobordism. If μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}}) then the space ^J(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is a compact 0-dimensional manifold.

Proof.

By Lemmata 2.10 and 2.14 all nontrivial cylinders u^J(x,y)u\in\widehat{{\mathcal{M}}}^{J_{\circ}}(x,y) in a symplectization (×M,J)(\mathbb{R}\times M,J_{\circ}) equipped with a generic λ\lambda_{\circ}-compatible almost complex structure JJ_{\circ} satisfy ind(u)1(u)\geq 1 and are cut out transversely. Thus for moduli spaces of nontrivial cylinders,

{^J+(xi,xi+1)=if μCZ(xi)μCZ(xi+1)0;^J(yi,yi+1)=if μCZ(yi)μCZ(yi+1)0.\left\{\begin{array}[]{ll}\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{+}}(x_{i},x_{i+1})=\emptyset&\mbox{if }\mu_{CZ}(x_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(x_{i+1})\leq 0;\\ \widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{-}}(y_{i},y_{i+1})=\emptyset&\mbox{if }\mu_{CZ}(y_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(y_{i+1})\leq 0.\\ \end{array}\right.

Thus

μCZ(xi)μCZ(xi+1)>0 and μCZ(yi)μCZ(yi+1)>0.\mu_{CZ}(x_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(x_{i+1})>0\mbox{ and }\mu_{CZ}(y_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(y_{i+1})>0.

The dynamically separated assumption ensures that there are no unbranched covers of cylinders uu with ind(u)<0(u)<0. Proposition 2.31 and automatic transversality ensure that all index 0 cylinders are regular. As a result, when μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}}), the moduli space ^J(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is cut out transversely and compact.

To prove that ^J(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is in fact a manifold near uu, we need to further show that the order kk group of deck transformations of uu over a somewhere injective cylinder u¯\overline{u} acts trivially on Ker(Du)\mbox{Ker}(D_{u}). To do so, it suffices to show that every element of Ker(Du)\mbox{Ker}(D_{u}) is pulled back from an element of Ker(Du¯)\mbox{Ker}(D_{\overline{u}}), thus it will be enough to show that ind(u)=ind(u¯)\mbox{ind}(u)=\mbox{ind}(\overline{u}). Under the dynamically separated assumption this equality holds. ∎

Lemma 3.16.

Let 𝔅:=(u1,un)\mathfrak{B}:=(u_{1},...u_{n}) be a genus 0 building with one positive contractible end, and no negative ends in an generic exact dynamically separated symplectic cobordism. Then ind(𝔅)2,{\mbox{\em ind}}(\mathfrak{B})\geq 2, with equality if 𝔅\mathfrak{B} consists of one holomorphic plane or an index 0 cylinder u^J(γ+,γ)u\in\widehat{{\mathcal{M}}}^{J}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) and a plane.

Proof.

This proof will be done via induction on the number of levels of 𝔅:=(u1,,un)\mathfrak{B}:=(u_{1},...,u_{n}), where the uiu_{i} are levels of 𝔅\mathfrak{B} in decreasing order, e.g. u1u_{1} is the top level. For any 𝔅\mathfrak{B} with one positive end asymptotic to the Reeb orbit γ+{\gamma_{+}} and no negative ends,

ind(𝔅)=μCZ(γ+)1.{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-1. (3.1.9)

If 𝔅\mathfrak{B} consists of only one level we are done since μCZ(γ+)3\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})\geq 3 by the dynamically separated hypothesis.

Suppose n>1n>1 and that Lemma is true for buildings of height n1n-1. We need to show that ind(𝔅)>2{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})>2. The building (u2,un)(u_{2},...u_{n}) is the disjoint union of \ell genus 0 buildings, each having one positive end at each of the negative ends of u1u_{1} and no negative ends. By the inductive hypothesis we have

ind(𝔅)ind(u1)+2.{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})\geq{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+2\ell.

Thus we must show that

ind(u1)+22.{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+2\ell\geq 2. (3.1.10)

If u1u_{1} is somewhere injective then ind(u1)0{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})\geq 0. If u1u_{1} is the unbranched cover of a cylinder then ind(u1)0{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})\geq 0 and u1u_{1} is regular by Proposition 2.31. By Proposition 3.15 there cannot be additional index 0 cylindrical levels.

If u1u_{1} is the kk-fold cover with of a somewhere injective curve u^J(γ+;γ0,γs)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}};\gamma_{0},...\gamma_{s}) with bb branch points777Note bb could be 0 since the result holds if u1u_{1} doesn’t have any branch points. counted with multiplicity then Proposition 3.4 yields

ind(u1)22k+2b,{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})\geq 2-2k+2b,

with =1+ks+b\ell=1+ks+b. Thus ind(u1)+24+4b+2k(s1)>2{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+2\ell\geq 4+4b+2k(s-1)>2 for s1s\geq 1. If s=0s=0 it remains to consider u1J(γ+k;γk1,,γkn)u_{1}\in{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma_{-}^{k_{1}},...,\gamma_{-}^{k_{n}}) with k1++kn=kk_{1}+...+k_{n}=k. Moreover,

ind(𝔅)=ind(u1)+i=1n|γki|,{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})={\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+\sum_{i=1}^{n}|\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}}|,

and, in combination with Proposition 3.6, we obtain

ind(𝔅)n+1i=2nμCZ(γki)+i=1n|γki|4.{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})\geq n+1-\sum_{i=2}^{n}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}})+\sum_{i=1}^{n}|\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}}|\geq 4.

Building upon this theme we continue with the following lemma.

Lemma 3.17.

Let 𝔅:=(u1,un)\mathfrak{B}:=(u_{1},...u_{n}) be a genus 0 building with one positive end and one negative end in a cobordism. Then ind(𝔅)0,{\mbox{\em ind}}(\mathfrak{B})\geq 0, with equality if and only if 𝔅\mathfrak{B} consists of only one cylinder.

Proof.

As before the proof will be done via induction on the number of levels of the building 𝔅:=(u1,,un)\mathfrak{B}:=(u_{1},...,u_{n}), where the uiu_{i} are levels of 𝔅\mathfrak{B} in decreasing order, e.g. u1u_{1} is the top level. If 𝔅\mathfrak{B} consists of only one level then the proof is complete by Proposition 3.15.

Suppose there is more than one level. Call the top level u1u_{1} and assume that the lemma is true for buildings of height n1n-1. We need to show that ind(𝔅)>1{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})>1. The building (u2,un)(u_{2},...u_{n}) is the disjoint union of \ell genus 0 buildings, each consisting of one positive end at each of the negative ends of u1u_{1} and all but one, say 𝔅1\mathfrak{B}_{1} having no negative ends. This exceptional building, 𝔅1\mathfrak{B}_{1}, has one positive and one negative end. By the inductive hypothesis we have

ind(𝔅)ind(u1)+ind(𝔅1)+2(1).{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})\geq{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B}_{1})+2(\ell-1).

Thus we must show that

ind(u1)+2(1)1.{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+2(\ell-1)\geq 1. (3.1.11)

If u1u_{1} is somewhere injective then ind(u1)0{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})\geq 0. If u1u_{1} is the unbranched cover of a cylinder then ind(u1)0{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})\geq 0 and u1u_{1} is regular by Proposition 2.31. By Proposition 3.15 there cannot be additional index 0 cylindrical levels.

If u1u_{1} is the cover of a somewhere injective curve u^J(γ+;γ0,γs)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}};\gamma_{0},...\gamma_{s}), by Proposition 3.4

ind(u1)22k+2b,{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})\geq 2-2k+2b,

with =1+ks+b\ell=1+ks+b. Thus for s1s\geq 1, ind(u1)+2(1)2+2k(s1)+4b2{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+2(\ell-1)\geq 2+2k(s-1)+4b\geq 2. If s=0s=0 then u1J(γ+k;γk1,,γkn)u_{1}\in{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma_{-}^{k_{1}},...,\gamma_{-}^{k_{n}}) with k1++kn=kk_{1}+...+k_{n}=k. Without loss of generality,

ind(𝔅)=ind(u1)+i=2n|γki|.{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})={\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+\sum_{i=2}^{n}|\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}}|.

In combination with Proposition 3.6 we obtain

ind(𝔅)n+1i=2nμCZ(γki)+i=2n|γki|2.{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})\geq n+1-\sum_{i=2}^{n}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}})+\sum_{i=2}^{n}|\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}}|\geq 2.

We recall the following lemma in regards to buildings in symplectizations.

Lemma 3.18 (Lemma 4.19 [Ne15]).

Let 𝔅\mathfrak{B} be a genus 0 building with one positive end and one negative end associated to a nondgenerate dynamically separated contact form in a symplectization (×M,J)(\mathbb{R}\times M,J_{\circ}), with ind(𝔅)=2.{\mbox{\em ind}}(\mathfrak{B})=2. Then 𝔅\mathfrak{B} is one of the following types,

  1. (i)

    An unbroken cylinder of index 2;

  2. (ii)

    A once broken cylinder given by a pair of cylinders, each of index 1, (u,v)^J(x,y)×^J(y,z)(u,v)\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\circ}}(x,y)\times\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\circ}}(y,z), where μCZ(x)μCZ(y)=1\mu_{CZ}(x)-\mu_{CZ}(y)=1.

Stacking the above lemmata together we obtain the following result for buildings in exact symplectic cobordisms of nondegenerate dynamically separated pairs.

Lemma 3.19.

Let 𝔅\mathfrak{B} be a genus 0 building with one positive end and one negative end in a generic exact symplectic cobordism of nondegenerate dynamically separated pairs. If ind(𝔅)=1,{\mbox{\em ind}}(\mathfrak{B})=1, then 𝔅\mathfrak{B} is one of the following types,

  1. (i)

    An unbroken cylinder of index 1 in the cobordism;

  2. (ii)

    A once broken cylinder of one of the following forms:

    (u,v)^J+(x,y)×^J(y,z)(u,v)\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{+}}(x,y)\times\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}(y,z)

    with μCZ(x)μCZ(y)=1,μCZ(y)=μCZ(z)\mu_{CZ}(x)-\mu_{CZ}(y)=1,\ \mu_{CZ}(y)=\mu_{CZ}(z) or

    (u,v)^J(x,y)×^J(y,z)(u,v)\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J}(x,y)\times\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{-}}(y,z)

    with μCZ(y)=μCZ(x),μCZ(y)μCZ(z)=1\mu_{CZ}(y)=\mu_{CZ}(x),\ \mu_{CZ}(y)-\mu_{CZ}(z)=1.

Proof.

Since the index of a building is additive with respect to its components the results of Lemmata 3.14 - 3.18 and Proposition 3.15 imply that the only possible configurations for a building 𝔅\mathfrak{B} of index 1 are those described in (i)-(ii). ∎

3.1.2 Excluding obstructions to the chain homotopy

In this section we consider parametric moduli spaces of pseudoholomorphic curves. As before, we take (W,𝕁={Jτ}τ[0,1])(W,\mathbb{J}=\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in[0,1]}) to be a generic one parameter family (e.g. homotopy) of exact symplectic cobordisms between nondegenerate dynamically separated pairs. As in Section 2.1, the parametric moduli space is defined by

^𝕁(γ+,γ)={(τ,u)|τ[0,1],u^Jτ(γ+,γ)},\widehat{{\mathcal{M}}}^{\mathbb{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}})=\{(\tau,u)\ \arrowvert\ \tau\in[0,1],\ u\in\widehat{{\mathcal{M}}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}})\},

and is of dimension

dim^𝕁(γ+,γ)=μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ)+1=ind(u)+1\begin{array}[]{lcl}\dim\widehat{{\mathcal{M}}}^{\mathbb{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}})&=&\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})+1\\ &=&\mbox{ind}(u)+1\\ \end{array}

Our first result is the analogous statement to Proposition 3.15 for 0-dimensional parametric moduli spaces.

Proposition 3.20.

If 𝕁={Jτ}τ[0,1]\mathbb{J}=\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in[0,1]} is a generic one parameter family of almost complex structures associated to an exact dynamically separated symplectic cobordism WW then the 0-dimensional parametric moduli space ^𝕁(γ+,γ)\widehat{{\mathcal{M}}}^{\mathbb{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is a compact 0-dimensional manifold.

Proof.

By Proposition 3.15 we have for any generic exact symplectic cobordism (W,J)(W,J) between two dynamically separated contact forms that any cylinder u^J(γ+,γ)u\in\widehat{{\mathcal{M}}}^{J}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) satisfies ind(u)0(u)\geq 0 and is regular. Thus for moduli spaces of cylinders

{^Jτ0(xi,xi+1)=if μCZ(xi)μCZ(xi+1)<0;^Jτ1(yi,yi+1)=if μCZ(yi)μCZ(yi+1)<0.\left\{\begin{array}[]{ll}\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau_{0}}}(x_{i},x_{i+1})=\emptyset&\mbox{if }\mu_{CZ}(x_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(x_{i+1})<0;\\ \widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau_{1}}}(y_{i},y_{i+1})=\emptyset&\mbox{if }\mu_{CZ}(y_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(y_{i+1})<0.\\ \end{array}\right.

hence

μCZ(xi)μCZ(xi+1)0 and μCZ(yi)μCZ(yi+1)0.\mu_{CZ}(x_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(x_{i+1})\geq 0\mbox{ and }\mu_{CZ}(y_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(y_{i+1})\geq 0.

The dynamically separated assumption allows us to conclude that there are no unbranched covers of cylinders uu with ind(u)<1(u)<-1. Proposition 2.32 and the related results in Section 2.3 allow us to conclude that we know that there and that all index -1, 0, and 1 cylinders are regular. Since the moduli spaces associated to the homotopy at τ=0\tau=0 and τ=1\tau=1 are regular there cannot be any cylinders with index 1-1, e.g. when μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)1\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})-1 for τ=0\tau=0 and τ=1\tau=1. However, in a generic 1-parameter family, such cylinders do occur for isolated parameter values of τ\tau.

As a result, the 0-dimensional parametric moduli space ^𝕁(γ+,γ)\widehat{{\mathcal{M}}}^{\mathbb{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is cut out transversely and compact. The manifold structure follows from the same arguments given in the proof of Proposition 3.15. ∎

Remark 3.21.

The counts of cylinders with index 1-1, e.g. when μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)1\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})-1 which occur for isolated parameter values of τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1) give rise to the chain homotopy equivalence.

Lemma 3.22.

Let 𝔅:=(u1,un)\mathfrak{B}:=(u_{1},...u_{n}) be a genus 0 building with 1 positive contractible end, and no negative ends in (W,𝕁)(W,\mathbb{J}). Then

ind(𝔅)=i=1nind(ui)+n2,{\mbox{\em ind}}(\mathfrak{B})=\sum_{i=1}^{n}{\mbox{\em ind}}(u_{i})\ {+\ n}\geq 2,

with equality if and only if there are isolated parameter values τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1) for which there exists ui^Jτ(γ+,γ)u_{i}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) with ind(ui)=1{\mbox{\em ind}}(u_{i})=-1.

Proof.

This proof will be done via induction on the number of levels of 𝔅:=(u1,,un)\mathfrak{B}:=(u_{1},...,u_{n}), where the uiu_{i} are levels of 𝔅\mathfrak{B} in decreasing order, e.g. u1u_{1} is the top level. For any 𝔅\mathfrak{B} with one positive end asymptotic to the Reeb orbit γ+{\gamma_{+}} and no negative ends,

ind(𝔅)=μCZ(γ+)1+1.{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-1+1. (3.1.12)

If 𝔅\mathfrak{B} consists of only one level then we are done since μCZ(γ+)3\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})\geq 3 by the dynamically separated hypothesis.

Suppose n>1n>1 and that Lemma is true for buildings of height n1n-1. We need to show that ind(𝔅)2{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})\geq 2 with equality if and only if there are isolated parameter values τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1) for which there exists ui^Jτ(γ+,γ)u_{i}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) with  ind(ui)=1{\mbox{ ind}}(u_{i})=-1. The building (u2,un)(u_{2},...u_{n}) is the disjoint union of \ell genus 0 buildings, each having one positive end at each of the negative ends of u1u_{1} and no negative ends. By the inductive hypothesis we have

ind(𝔅)ind(u1)+1+2.{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})\geq{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+1+2\ell.

Thus we must show that

ind(u1)+1+22.{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+1+2\ell\geq 2. (3.1.13)

If u1u_{1} is somewhere injective and ind(u1)0{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})\geq 0 then we are done. If u1u_{1} is the unbranched cover of a cylinder of ind=0{\mbox{ind}}=0 then ind(u1)=0{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})=0 and u1u_{1} is regular by Proposition 2.31. By Proposition 3.15 we know that for any generic exact dynamically separated symplectic cobordism (W,J)(W,J), if μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}}) then the space ^Jτ(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is compact. By Proposition 3.20 there are only isolated values for τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1) in which ind(u1)=1{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})=-1, and moreover, such a u1u_{1} is regular. There cannot be additional cylindrical levels as a result of Section 3.1.1.

If u1u_{1} is the kk-fold cover with of a somewhere injective curve u^Jτ(γ+;γ0,γs)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}};\gamma_{0},...\gamma_{s}) with bb branch points888Note bb could be 0 since the result holds if u1u_{1} doesn’t have any branch points. counted with multiplicity then Proposition 3.4 yields

ind(u1)23k+2b,{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})\geq 2-3k+2b,

with =1+ks+b\ell=1+ks+b. Thus

ind(u1)+24+4b+k(2s3)>2{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+2\ell\geq 4+4b+k(2s-3)>2

so if s2s\geq 2 we are ok.

If s=0s=0 then u1^Jτ(γ+k;γk1,,γkn)u_{1}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma_{-}^{k_{1}},...,\gamma_{-}^{k_{n}}) with k1++kn=kk_{1}+...+k_{n}=k. Moreover

ind(𝔅)1=ind(u1)+i=1n|γki|,{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})-1={\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+\sum_{i=1}^{n}|\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}}|,

in combination with Proposition 3.6 yields

ind(𝔅)1n+1i=2nμCZ(γki)+i=1n|γki|4.{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})-1\geq n+1-\sum_{i=2}^{n}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}})+\sum_{i=1}^{n}|\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}}|\geq 4.

If s=1s=1 we are ok by our pant propositions as follows. Note that μCZ(γ0)1\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})\geq 1 and since γ1\gamma_{1} is contractible, μCZ(γ1)3\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})\geq 3. If u1u_{1} is an unbranched kk-fold cover Proposition 3.7 yields

ind(𝔅)1=ind(u1)+μCZ(γ0k)1+kμCZ(γ1)k3k+kμCZ(γ0)+kμCZ(γ1)k.\begin{array}[]{lcl}{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})-1&=&{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k})-1+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})-k\\ &\geq&-3k+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})\\ &\geq&k.\\ \end{array}

If u1u_{1} is branched kk-fold cover Proposition 3.9 yields

ind(𝔅)1=ind(u1)+i=0bμCZ(γ0ki)(b+1)+kμCZ(γ1)k3k+kμCZ(γ0)+kμCZ(γ1)k.\begin{array}[]{lcl}{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})-1&=&{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+\sum_{i=0}^{b}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k_{i}})-(b+1)+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})-k\\ &\geq&-3k+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})\\ &\geq&k.\\ \end{array}

Building again upon this theme we continue with the following lemma.

Lemma 3.23.

Let 𝔅:=(u1,un)\mathfrak{B}:=(u_{1},...u_{n}) be a genus 0 building with one positive end and one negative end in a cobordism. Then ind(𝔅)1,{\mbox{\em ind}}(\mathfrak{B})\geq 1, with equality if and only if one of the following holds

  1. (i)

    𝔅\mathfrak{B} consists of a pair (τ,u)(\tau,u) with τ[0,1]\tau\in[0,1] and uu is a cylinder with ind(u)=0\mbox{\em ind}(u)=0;

  2. (ii)

    There are isolated parameter values τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1) for which there exists ui^Jτ(γ+,γ)u_{i}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) with ind(ui)=1{\mbox{\em ind}}(u_{i})=-1.

Proof.

As before the proof will be done via induction on the number of levels of the building 𝔅:=(u1,,un)\mathfrak{B}:=(u_{1},...,u_{n}), where the uiu_{i} are levels of 𝔅\mathfrak{B} in decreasing order, e.g. u1u_{1} is the top level.

If u1u_{1} is somewhere injective and ind(u1)0{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})\geq 0 then we are done. If u1u_{1} is the unbranched cover of a cylinder of ind=0{\mbox{ind}}=0 then ind(u1)=0{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})=0 and u1u_{1} is regular by Proposition 2.31. By Proposition 3.15 we know that for any generic exact dynamically separated symplectic cobordism (W,J)(W,J), if μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}}) then the space ^Jτ(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is compact. By Proposition 3.20 there are only isolated values for τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1) in which ind(u1)=1{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})=-1, and moreover, such a u1u_{1} is regular. There cannot be additional cylindrical levels as a result of Section 3.1.1.

Suppose there is more than one level. Call the top level u1u_{1} and assume that the lemma is true for buildings of height n1n-1. We need to show that ind(𝔅)>1{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})>1. The building (u2,un)(u_{2},...u_{n}) is the disjoint union of \ell genus 0 buildings, each consisting of one positive end at each of the negative ends of u1u_{1} and all but one, say 𝔅1\mathfrak{B}_{1} having no negative ends. This exceptional building, 𝔅1\mathfrak{B}_{1}, has one positive and one negative end. By the inductive hypothesis we have

ind(𝔅)1ind(u1)+ind(𝔅1)+2(1).{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})-1\geq{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B}_{1})+2(\ell-1). (3.1.14)

Thus it suffices to show that

ind(u1)+2(1)1.{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+2(\ell-1)\geq 1. (3.1.15)

If u1u_{1} is the cover of a somewhere injective curve u^Jτ(γ+;γ0,γs)u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}};\gamma_{0},...\gamma_{s}), by Proposition 3.4

ind(u1)23k+2b,{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})\geq 2-3k+2b,

with =1+ks+b\ell=1+ks+b. Thus

ind(u1)+222+4b+k(2s3)>2{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+2\ell-2\geq 2+4b+k(2s-3)>2

so if s2s\geq 2 we are ok.

If s=0s=0 then u1^Jτ(γ+k;γk1,,γkn)u_{1}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma_{-}^{k_{1}},...,\gamma_{-}^{k_{n}}) with k1++kn=kk_{1}+...+k_{n}=k. Without loss of generality,

ind(𝔅)1=ind(u1)+i=2n|γki|.{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})-1={\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+\sum_{i=2}^{n}|\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}}|.

In combination with Proposition 3.6 we obtain

ind(𝔅)1n+1i=2nμCZ(γki)+i=1n|γki|4.{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})-1\geq n+1-\sum_{i=2}^{n}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}})+\sum_{i=1}^{n}|\gamma_{-}^{k_{i}}|\geq 4.

If s=1s=1 we are ok by our pant propositions as follows.

Case (1): Let u1u_{1} be an unbranched kk-fold cover. Without loss of generality, denote u1^Jτ(γ+k;γ0k,γ1,,γ1)u_{1}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma_{0}^{k},\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{1}).

(1a): All kk of the γ1\gamma_{1}-ends are capped off. Then μCZ(γ1)3\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})\geq 3 and

μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ0)=μCZ(γ1)21.\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})-2\geq 1.

Since [γ+]=[γ0][{\gamma_{+}}]=[\gamma_{0}] and [γ+k]=[γ0k][\gamma_{+}^{k}]=[\gamma_{0}^{k}] the dynamically separated assumption implies

μCZ(γ+k)μCZ(γ0k)1.\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{k})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k})\geq 1.

Since

ind(u1)=k+μCZ(γ+k)μCZ(γ0k)kμCZ(γ1)\mbox{ind}(u_{1})=k+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{k})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k})-k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{1})

then

ind(𝔅)1=μCZ(γ+k)μCZ(γ0k)1.\mbox{ind}(\mathfrak{B})-1=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{k})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k})\geq 1.

(1b): If alternately, the γ0k\gamma_{0}^{k} end is capped off then Proposition 3.7 yields

ind(𝔅)1ind(u1)+μCZ(γ0k)1+2k22+kμCZ(γ0).\begin{array}[]{lcl}{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})-1&\geq&{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k})-1+2k-2\\ &\geq&-2+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}).\end{array}

It remains to check k=2k=2 and μCZ(γ0)=1\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})=1, for which we appeal to Proposition 3.8, which yields that ind(𝔅)>1{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})>1 because (3.1.15) is immediately seen to be satisfied.

Case (2): Let u1u_{1} be a branched kk-fold cover. Without loss of generality, denote u1^J(γ+k;γ0k0,,γ0kb,γ1,,γ1)u_{1}\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{+}^{k};\gamma_{0}^{k_{0}},...,\gamma_{0}^{k_{b}},\gamma_{1},...,\gamma_{1}).

(2a): All kk of the γ1\gamma_{1}-ends are capped off. Then for some ii,

ind(𝔅)1=μCZ(γ+k)μCZ(γ0ki).\mbox{ind}(\mathfrak{B})-1=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+}^{k})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k_{i}}).

By the identical argument in Case (1a) we obtain ind(𝔅)11\mbox{ind}(\mathfrak{B})-1\geq 1.

(2b): If alternately, all the γ0di\gamma_{0}^{d_{i}}-ends are capped off then Proposition 3.9 yields

ind(𝔅)1ind(u1)+[i=0bμCZ(γ0ki)](b+1)+2k22+kμCZ(γ0).\begin{array}[]{lcl}{\mbox{ind}}(\mathfrak{B})-1&\geq&{\mbox{ind}}(u_{1})+\left[\sum_{i=0}^{b}\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}^{k_{i}})\right]-(b+1)+2k-2\\ &\geq&-2+k\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0}).\\ \end{array}

It remains to check k=2k=2. By Remark 3.10 we see that if k=2k=2 then γ0\gamma_{0} and γ1\gamma_{1} are both contractible. Thus μCZ(γ0)3\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})\geq 3, and the result follows.

Stacking the above lemmata together, we obtain the following result.

Lemma 3.24.

Let 𝔅\mathfrak{B} be a genus 0 building with one positive end γ+{\gamma_{+}} and one negative end γ{\gamma_{-}} in a a cobordism WW between nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms and a generic smooth family {Jτ}τ[0,1]\{J_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in[0,1]} of cobordism compatible complex structures. If

μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ)=0,\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})=0,

then 𝔅\mathfrak{B} is one of the following types,

  1. (i)

    Pairs (τ,u)(\tau,u) with τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1) and uJτ0(γ+,γ)u\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau_{0}}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}});

  2. (ii)

    Pairs (0,u)(0,u) with uJ0(γ+,γ)u\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{0}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}});

  3. (iii)

    Pairs (1,u)(1,u) with uJ1(γ+,γ)u\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{1}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}});

  4. (iv)

    Pairs (τ,(u+,u0))(\tau,(u_{+},u_{0})) with (u+,u0)(u_{+},u_{0}) a broken cylinder with upper level u+J+(γ+,γ0)u_{+}\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{+}}({\gamma_{+}},\gamma_{0}) and main level u0Jτ(γ0,γ)u_{0}\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}(\gamma_{0},{\gamma_{-}}) for some τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1);

  5. (v)

    Pairs (τ,(u0,u))(\tau,(u_{0},u_{-})) with (u0,u)(u_{0},u_{-}) a broken cylinder with lower level uJ(γ0,γ)u_{-}\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{-}}(\gamma_{0},{\gamma_{-}}) and main level u0Jτ(γ+,γ0)u_{0}\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}},\gamma_{0}) for some τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1).

Proof.

Since the index of a building is additive with respect to its components the results of Proposition 3.20, Lemmata 3.22 and 3.23 imply that the only possible configurations for a building 𝔅\mathfrak{B} of index 1 are those described in (i)-(v). ∎

3.2 The chain map

Recall that there are two equivalent differentials +EGH\partial_{+}^{EGH} and EGH\partial_{-}^{EGH} defined by (1.3.2) and (1.3.3) respectively. Throughout this discussion we will fix the differential under consideration to be +EGH\partial_{+}^{EGH}.

Let (W,J)(W,J) be a generic completed symplectic cobordism between (M+,λ+,J+)(M_{+},\lambda_{+},J_{+}) and (M,λ,J)(M_{-},\lambda_{-},J_{-}) where J±J_{\pm} are λ±\lambda_{\pm} compatible almost complex structures. We define a morphism of complexes

ΦJ+:CEGH(M,λ+,J+)CEGH(M,λ,J),\Phi^{+-}_{J}:C_{*}^{EGH}(M,\lambda_{+},J_{+})\to C_{*}^{EGH}(M,\lambda_{-},J_{-}),

by999If we use the differential \partial_{-} then ΦJ+γ+,γ=γ𝒫good(λ)μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)u^J(γ+,γ)ϵ(u)m(γ)m(u).\langle\Phi^{+-}_{J}\gamma_{+},\gamma_{-}\rangle=\displaystyle\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}\gamma_{-}\in\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda_{-})\\ \mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{+})=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{-})\end{subarray}}\sum_{u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{+},{\gamma_{-}})}\epsilon(u)\frac{\mbox{m}({\gamma_{-}})}{\mbox{m}(u)}.

Φ+γ+,γ=γ𝒫good(λ),μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)u^J(γ+,γ)ϵ(u)m(γ+)m(u)\langle\Phi^{+-}{\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}\rangle=\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}{\gamma_{-}}\in\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda_{-}),\\ \mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})\end{subarray}}\sum_{u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}})}\epsilon(u)\frac{\mbox{m}({\gamma_{+}})}{\mbox{m}(u)} (3.2.1)

After extracting subsequences, if necessary, the sequence of trajectories in ^J(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) have limits that are concatenations of at most one broken trajectory from J+\mathcal{M}^{J_{+}}, exactly one trajectory in ^J(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}), and at most one broken trajectory from J\mathcal{M}^{J_{-}}. For ease of notation we denote the Reeb vector field associated to λ+\lambda_{+} by R+R_{+} and to λ\lambda_{-} by RR_{-}

Proposition 3.25.

Let λ+\lambda_{+} and λ\lambda_{-} be dynamically separated contact forms and (un)(u_{n}) be a sequence of elements in ^J(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) such that 0μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ)10\leq\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})\leq 1. There exist

  1. (i)

    A subsequence of (un)(u_{n});

  2. (ii)

    Good Reeb orbits γ+=x0,x1,,xk\gamma_{+}=x_{0},x_{1},...,x_{k} of R+R_{+};

  3. (iii)

    Good Reeb orbits y0,y1,,y=γy_{0},y_{1},...,y_{\ell}=\gamma_{-} of RR_{-};

  4. (iv)

    Real sequences (sni)(s^{i}_{n}) for 0ik10\leq i\leq k-1 that tend to ++\infty and (ςnj)(\varsigma_{n}^{j}) for 0j10\leq j\leq\ell-1 that tend of -\infty.

  5. (v)

    Cylinders uiJ+(xi,xi+1)u^{i}\in\mathcal{M}^{J_{+}}(x_{i},x_{i+1}) for 0ik10\leq i\leq k-1 and cylinders vjJ(yj,yj+1)v^{j}\in\mathcal{M}^{J_{-}}(y_{j},y_{j+1}) for 0j10\leq j\leq\ell-1

  6. (vi)

    An element w^J(xk,y0)w\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(x_{k},y_{0}) such that for 0ik10\leq i\leq k-1 and 0j10\leq j\leq\ell-1,

    limn+unsni=ui,limn+unςnj=vj\lim_{n\to+\infty}u_{n}\cdot s_{n}^{i}=u^{i},\ \ \ \lim_{n\to+\infty}u_{n}\cdot\varsigma_{n}^{j}=v^{j}

    and such that

    limn+un=w.\lim_{n\to+\infty}u_{n}=w.
  7. (vii)

    Moreover, μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ)k+\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})\geq k+\ell with k,0k,\ell\geq 0.

Proof.

That we obtain good Reeb orbits follows from the dynamically separated condition. By Lemma 3.19 there is no bad breaking, and regularity for our cylinders follows from Propositions 2.31 and 3.15. Standard SFT compactness from [BEHWZ] produces (iv)-(vi); see also [Wen-SFT, Proposition 10.19, 10.23].

Finally we prove (vi), that μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ)k+\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})\geq k+\ell. We know that

{J+(xi,xi+1)=if μCZ(xi)μCZ(xi+1)0J(yi,yi+1)=if μCZ(yi)μCZ(yi+1)0.\left\{\begin{array}[]{ll}\mathcal{M}^{J_{+}}(x_{i},x_{i+1})=\emptyset&\mbox{if }\mu_{CZ}(x_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(x_{i+1})\leq 0\\ \mathcal{M}^{J_{-}}(y_{i},y_{i+1})=\emptyset&\mbox{if }\mu_{CZ}(y_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(y_{i+1})\leq 0.\\ \end{array}\right.

Thus for 0ik10\leq i\leq k-1 and 0j10\leq j\leq\ell-1 we have

μCZ(xi)μCZ(xi+1)>0 and if μCZ(yi)μCZ(yi+1)>0.\mu_{CZ}(x_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(x_{i+1})>0\mbox{ and }\mbox{if }\mu_{CZ}(y_{i})-\mu_{CZ}(y_{i+1})>0.

Since ^J(xk,y0)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(x_{k},y_{0}) is cut out transversely by Proposition 2.31, ^J(xk,y0)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(x_{k},y_{0})\neq\emptyset implies that μCZ(xk)μCZ(y0)\mu_{CZ}(x_{k})\geq\mu_{CZ}(y_{0}). Summing these inequalities yields the desired result. ∎

An immediate consequence of the Propositions 3.15 and 3.25 is the following corollary, which means that the chain map (3.2.1) is well-defined.

Corollary 3.26.

If μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}}) then the moduli space ^J(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is compact 0-manifold, hence ΦJ+\Phi^{+-}_{J} is well defined.

Next we prove the following result.

Proposition 3.27.

If (λ+,J+)=(λ,J)(\lambda_{+},J_{+})=(\lambda_{-},J_{-}) and (W,J)(W,J) is the trivial cobordism from (M,λ,J)(M,\lambda,J) to (M,cλ,Jc)(M,c\lambda,J_{c}), for any constant c>1c>1, then ΦJ+\Phi^{+-}_{J} is the identity.

Proof.

Writing c=eac=e^{a} for a>0a>0, the exact symplectic cobordism is

(W¯,dλ)=([0,a]×M,d(eτλ)).(\overline{W},d\lambda)=([0,a]\times M,d(e^{\tau}\lambda)).

One can choose a compatible almost complex structure which matches JJ and JcJ_{c} on ξ\xi while taking τ\partial_{\tau} to g(r)Rλg(r)R_{\lambda} for a suitable function gg with g(τ)=1g(\tau)=1 near τ=0\tau=0 and g(τ)=1cg(\tau)=\frac{1}{c} near τ=a\tau=a. The resulting almost complex manifold is biholomorphically diffeomorphic to the usual symplectization. Thus our count of index 0 cylinders is equivalent to the count of such cylinders in the usual symplectization. There if μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}}) then ^J(γ+,γ)=\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}})=\emptyset unless γ+=γ{\gamma_{+}}={\gamma_{-}}. All the trivial cylinders are Fredholm regular, so counting these shows that ΦJ+\Phi^{+-}_{J} is the identity. ∎

Finally, we verify that ΦJ+\Phi^{+-}_{J} is a chain map.

Theorem 3.28.

Let λ+\lambda_{+} and λ\lambda_{-} be nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms on M3M^{3} and JJ generic. Then

ΦJ++,(λ+,J+)=+,(λ,J)ΦJ+.\Phi^{+-}_{J}\circ\partial_{+,(\lambda_{+},J_{+})}=\partial_{+,(\lambda_{-},J_{-})}\circ\Phi^{+-}_{J}.
Proof.

Proposition 3.25 in combination with a corresponding gluing theorem shows that for μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ)=1\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})=1 that M¯J(γ+,γ)\overline{M}^{J}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is a compact 1-manifold whose boundary consists of two types of broken cylinders, depending on whether the index 1 curve occurs in an upper or lower level:

¯J(γ+,γ)\displaystyle\partial\overline{\mathcal{M}}^{J}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) =\displaystyle= γ0𝒫good(λ+),μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ0)=1^J+(γ+,γ0)×^J(γ0,γ)\displaystyle\bigsqcup_{\begin{subarray}{c}\gamma_{0}\in\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda_{+}),\\ \mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})=1\end{subarray}}\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{+}}({\gamma_{+}},\gamma_{0})\times\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(\gamma_{0},{\gamma_{-}})
\displaystyle\cup γ0𝒫good(λ),μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ0)=1^J(γ+,γ0)×^J(γ0,γ).\displaystyle\bigsqcup_{\begin{subarray}{c}\gamma_{0}\in\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda_{-}),\\ \mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{0})=1\end{subarray}}\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}},\gamma_{0})\times\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{-}}(\gamma_{0},{\gamma_{-}}).

That ¯J(γ+,γ)\overline{\mathcal{M}}^{J}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is a 1-manifold follows from Proposition 2.31 in conjunction with an argument identical to the proof of Corollary 3.26, all as a result of the dynamically separated assumption. Gluing arguments follow the same reasoning as in [HN16, §4.3]. Other readily accessible discussions of gluing are given in the Hamiltonian Floer setting [ADfloer, §11.2] and in symplectic field theory in [Wen-SFT, §11], which includes a detailed discussion of orientations.

Counting broken cylinders of the first type produces the coefficient of ΦJ++,(λ+,J+)\langle\Phi^{+-}_{J}\circ\partial_{+,(\lambda_{+},J_{+})}\rangle and counts of the second type produces the desired coefficient of +,(λ,J)ΦJ+\langle\partial_{+,(\lambda_{-},J_{-})}\circ\Phi^{+-}_{J}\rangle. ∎

It now follows that ΦJ+\Phi^{+-}_{J} descends to a homomorphism at the level of homology.

3.3 The chain homotopy

Finally, we show that ΦJ+\Phi^{+-}_{J} induces an isomorphism at the level of homology. Given two exact completed symplectic cobordisms (W,J0)(W,J_{0}) and (W,J1)(W,J_{1}) between dynamically separated contact forms (λ+,J+)(\lambda_{+},J_{+}) and (λ,J)(\lambda_{-},J_{-}), we want to prove that Φ0:=ΦJ0+\Phi_{0}:=\Phi^{+-}_{J_{0}} and Φ1:=ΦJ1+\Phi_{1}:=\Phi^{+-}_{J_{1}} are chain homotopic.

Adapting Proposition 3.25 to allow for a converging sequence of almost complex structures in conjunction with Lemma 3.24 yields the following proposition.

Proposition 3.29.

Let λ+\lambda_{+} and λ\lambda_{-} be dynamically separated contact forms and (τn,un)(\tau_{n},u_{n}) be a sequence of elements in ^𝕁(γ+,γ)\widehat{{\mathcal{M}}}^{\mathbb{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) such that 1μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ)0-1\leq\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})\leq 0. There exist

  1. (i)

    A subsequence of (τn,un)(\tau_{n},u_{n});

  2. (ii)

    Good Reeb orbits γ+=x0,x1,,xk\gamma_{+}=x_{0},x_{1},...,x_{k} of R+R_{+};

  3. (iii)

    Good Reeb orbits y0,y1,,y=γy_{0},y_{1},...,y_{\ell}=\gamma_{-} of RR_{-};

  4. (iv)

    Real sequences (sni)(s^{i}_{n}) for 0ik10\leq i\leq k-1 that tend to ++\infty and (ςnj)(\varsigma_{n}^{j}) for 0j10\leq j\leq\ell-1 that tend of -\infty.

  5. (v)

    Cylinders uiJ1(xi,xi+1)u^{i}\in\mathcal{M}^{J_{1}}(x_{i},x_{i+1}) for 0ik10\leq i\leq k-1 and cylinders vjJ0(yj,yj+1)v^{j}\in\mathcal{M}^{J_{0}}(y_{j},y_{j+1}) for 0j10\leq j\leq\ell-1

  6. (vi)

    An element (τ,w)^J(xk,y0)(\tau_{\star},w)\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}(x_{k},y_{0}) such that for 0ik10\leq i\leq k-1 and 0j10\leq j\leq\ell-1,

    limn+unsni=ui,limn+unςnj=vj\lim_{n\to+\infty}u_{n}\cdot s_{n}^{i}=u^{i},\ \ \ \lim_{n\to+\infty}u_{n}\cdot\varsigma_{n}^{j}=v^{j}

    and such that

    limn+(τn,un)=(τ,w).\lim_{n\to+\infty}(\tau_{n},u_{n})=(\tau_{\star},w).
  7. (vii)

    Moreover, μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ)+1k+\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})+1\geq k+\ell with k,0k,\ell\geq 0.

We can now define a homomorphism of odd degree by

S:CEGH(M,λ+,J+)C+1EGH(M,λ,J)S:C_{*}^{EGH}(M,\lambda_{+},J_{+})\to C_{*+1}^{EGH}(M,\lambda_{-},J_{-})

by

Sγ+,γ=γ𝒫good(λ),μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)1u^J(γ+,γ)ϵ(u)#^𝕁(γ+,γ)\langle S{\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}\rangle=\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}{\gamma_{-}}\in\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda_{-}),\\ \mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})-1\end{subarray}}\sum_{u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}})}\epsilon(u)\#\widehat{{\mathcal{M}}}^{\mathbb{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) (3.3.1)
Corollary 3.30.

If μCZ(γ+)=μCZ(γ)1\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})=\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})-1 then the moduli space ^𝕁(γ+,γ)\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{\mathbb{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) is compact 0-manifold, hence SS is well-defined.

Proof.

This follows from Propositions 3.20 and 3.29. ∎

Next, we claim that SS is a chain homotopy, e.g. that

Φ1Φ0=S+,(λ+,J+)++,(λ,J)S.\Phi_{1}-\Phi_{0}=S\circ\partial_{+,(\lambda_{+},J_{+})}+\partial_{+,(\lambda_{-},J_{-})}\circ S.
Proposition 3.31.

At the level of homology, the morphism Φ+\Phi^{+-} induces a morphism that is independent of the choice of completed symplectic cobordism (W,J)(W,J) between (λ+,J+)(\lambda_{+},J_{+}) and (λ,J)(\lambda_{-},J_{-}).

Proof.

This will follow from the boundary of the compactified 1-dimensional moduli space ¯𝕁(γ+,γ)\overline{\mathcal{M}}^{\mathbb{J}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}), where μCZ(γ+)μCZ(γ)=0\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{+}})-\mu_{CZ}({\gamma_{-}})=0. By Lemma 3.24 along with appropriate gluing arguments, the boundary consists of four types of objects:

  1. 1.

    Pairs (0,u)(0,u) with uJ0(γ+,γ)u\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{0}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) which are counted by Φ0\Phi_{0}.

  2. 2.

    Pairs (1,u)(1,u) with uJ1(γ+,γ)u\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{1}}({\gamma_{+}},{\gamma_{-}}) which are counted by Φ1\Phi_{1}.

  3. 3.

    Pairs (τ,(u+,u0))(\tau,(u_{+},u_{0})) with (u+,u0)(u_{+},u_{0}) a broken cylinder with upper level u+J+(γ+,γ0)u_{+}\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{+}}({\gamma_{+}},\gamma_{0}) and main level u0Jτ(γ0,γ)u_{0}\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}(\gamma_{0},{\gamma_{-}}) for some τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1); these are counted by S+S\circ\partial_{+}.

  4. 4.

    Pairs (τ,(u0,u))(\tau,(u_{0},u_{-})) with (u0,u)(u_{0},u_{-}) a broken cylinder with lower level uJ(γ0,γ)u_{-}\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{-}}(\gamma_{0},{\gamma_{-}}) and main level u0Jτ(γ+,γ0)u_{0}\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\tau}}({\gamma_{+}},\gamma_{0}) for some τ(0,1)\tau\in(0,1); these are counted by S\partial_{-}\circ S.

The sum Φ1Φ0S+,(λ+,J+)+,(λ,J)S\Phi_{1}-\Phi_{0}-S\circ\partial_{+,(\lambda_{+},J_{+})}-\partial_{+,(\lambda_{-},J_{-})}\circ S is therefore an oriented count of the boundary points of a compact 1-manifold, so it vanishes.

The final step needed in the proof of Theorem 3.1 is the following proposition.

Proposition 3.32.

Let (λ1,J1),(λ2,J2),(λ3,J3)(\lambda_{1},J_{1}),\ (\lambda_{2},J_{2}),\ (\lambda_{3},J_{3}) be three nondegenerate dynamically separated pairs on (M,ξ)(M,\xi) and let (W21,J21)(W_{21},J_{21}) and (W32,J32)(W_{32},J_{32}) be two completed symplectic cobordisms between (λ2,J2),(λ1,J1)(\lambda_{2},J_{2}),\ (\lambda_{1},J_{1}) and (λ3,J3),(λ2,J2)(\lambda_{3},J_{3}),\ (\lambda_{2},J_{2}) respectively. Then there exists a completed symplectic cobordism (W31,J31)(W_{31},J_{31}) between (λ3,J3),(λ1,J1)(\lambda_{3},J_{3}),\ (\lambda_{1},J_{1}) such that

Φ31 and Φ32Φ21:CEGH(M,λ3,J3)CEGH(M,λ1,J1)\Phi^{31}\mbox{ and }\Phi^{32}\circ\Phi^{21}:C_{*}^{EGH}(M,\lambda_{3},J_{3})\to C_{*}^{EGH}(M,\lambda_{1},J_{1})

induce the same homomorphism at the level of homology.

Proof.

The proof of this proposition relies on a neck stretching construction. Explicit details of such constructions can be found in [McL16, Appendix 1], [Wen-SFT, §9.4.4]. After rescaling, suppose without loss of generality that λi=efiλ\lambda_{i}=e^{f_{i}}\lambda with f3>f2>f1f_{3}>f_{2}>f_{1}, Then the cobordism

W¯31:={(r,x)|f1(x)rf3(x)}\overline{W}_{31}:=\{(r,x)\ |\ f_{1}(x)\leq r\leq f_{3}(x)\}

contains a contact-type hypersurface

M2:={(f1(x),x)|xM}W¯31.M_{2}:=\{(f_{1}(x),x)\ |\ x\in M\}\subset\overline{W}_{31}.

We choose a sequence of compatible almost complex structures {J31N}N\{J^{N}_{31}\}_{N\in\mathbb{N}} on W31W_{31} that are fixed outside a neighborhood of M2M_{2} but degenerate in this neighborhood as NN\to\infty. This is equivalent to replacing a small tubular neighborhood of M2M_{2} with increasingly large collars [N,N]×M[-N,N]\times M in which J31NJ_{31}^{N} is λ2\lambda_{2}-compatible. The resulting chain maps

ΦJ31N31:CEGH(CEGH(M,λ3,J3)CEGH(M,λ1,J1)\Phi_{J_{31}^{N}}^{31}:C_{*}^{EGH}(C_{*}^{EGH}(M,\lambda_{3},J_{3})\to C_{*}^{EGH}(M,\lambda_{1},J_{1})

are chain homotopic for all NN. As NN\to\infty, the index 0 cylinders counted by these maps coverge to buildings with two levels. The top level is an index 0 cylinder which lives in the completed cobordism from (M,λ2,J2)(M,\lambda_{2},J_{2}) to (M,λ3,J3)(M,\lambda_{3},J_{3}), while the bottom level is an index 0 cylinder which lives in the completed cobordism from (M,λ1,J1)(M,\lambda_{1},J_{1}) to (M,λ2,J2)(M,\lambda_{2},J_{2}). That there are no other levels follows from the calculations in §3.1.1-3.1.2.

The composition Φ32Φ21\Phi^{32}\circ\Phi^{21} counts these broken cylinders and we have

Φ31γ3,γ1=γ2𝒫good(λ2)μCZ(γ3)=μCZ(γ2)u^J32(γ3,γ2)v^J21(γ2,γ1)(ϵ(u)ϵ(v)m(γ3)lcm(m(u),m(v))m(γ2)gcd(m(u)m(v))),=ϵ(u)ϵ(v)m(γ3)m(γ2)m(u)m(v)=γ2𝒫good(λ2)μCZ(γ3)=μCZ(γ2)Φ32γ3,γ2Φ21γ2,γ1.\begin{array}[]{lcl}\langle\Phi^{31}\gamma_{3},\gamma_{1}\rangle&=&\displaystyle\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}\gamma_{2}\in\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda_{2})\\ \mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{3})=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{2})\end{subarray}}\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}u\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{32}}(\gamma_{3},\gamma_{2})\\ v\in\widehat{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{21}}(\gamma_{2},\gamma_{1})\end{subarray}}\left(\epsilon(u)\epsilon(v)\frac{\mbox{m}({\gamma_{3}})}{\mbox{lcm}(\mbox{m}(u),\mbox{m}(v))}\frac{\mbox{m}(\gamma_{2})}{\mbox{gcd}(\mbox{m}(u)\mbox{m}(v))}\right),\\ &&\\ &=&\hskip 25.6073pt\displaystyle\sum\epsilon(u)\epsilon(v)\frac{\mbox{m}(\gamma_{3})\mbox{m}(\gamma_{2})}{\mbox{m}(u)\mbox{m}(v)}\\ &&\\ &=&\displaystyle\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}\gamma_{2}\in\mathscr{P}_{\mbox{\tiny good}}(\lambda_{2})\\ \mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{3})=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{2})\end{subarray}}\langle\Phi^{32}\gamma_{3},\gamma_{2}\rangle\langle\Phi^{21}\gamma_{2},\gamma_{1}\rangle.\\ \end{array}

Thus, at the level of homology,

Φ32Φ21=Φ31.\Phi_{32}\circ\Phi_{21}=\Phi_{31}.

As a result, we can conclude that each of the maps Φ+:CH(M,λ+,J+)CH(M,λ,J)\Phi^{+-}:CH_{*}(M,\lambda_{+},J_{+})\to CH_{*}(M,\lambda_{-},J_{-}) is an isomorphism because composing Φ+\Phi^{+-} with Φ+\Phi^{-+} must give the identity by Proposition 3.27.

3.4 Invariance of the filtered homology under continuation

Invariance of the filtered cylindrical contact homology groups under continuation is more subtle than in the unfiltered case because the filtered groups are invariant only along paths (λτ,Jτ)(\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}) for which LL is not a period of a Reeb orbit associated to RλτR_{\lambda_{\tau}}. Because the corresponding path spaces may not be connected, the resulting continuation isomorphism may depend on the homotopy class of the path. However, in Theorem 1.20 we fixed the contact form and allowed JJ to vary, thus the proof follows by repeating the arguments in the construction of the chain map and chain homotopy for unfiltered cylindrical contact homology.

Next we consider the degree of independence ont he choice of LL-nondegenerate dynamically separated contact form. Let {λτ,Jτ}\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\} be a smooth homotopy between LL-nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms and compatible almost complex structures satisfying

{(λτ,Jτ)=(λ0,J0)fors0;(λτ,Jτ)=(λ1,J1)fors1.\left\{\begin{array}[]{lcl}(\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau})=(\lambda_{0},J_{0})&\mbox{for}&s\leq 0;\\ (\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau})=(\lambda_{1},J_{1})&\mbox{for}&s\geq 1.\\ \end{array}\right.

The continuation map

Φ{λτ,Jτ}L:CHEGH,L(M,λ1,J1)CHEGH,L(M,λ0,J0)\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}:CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda_{1},J_{1})\to CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda_{0},J_{0})

preserves the subcomplexes on the chain level if 𝒜(γ1)<𝒜(γ0)\mathcal{A}(\gamma_{1})<\mathcal{A}(\gamma_{0}). If this condition is not satisfied, we still obtain isomorphisms

Φ{λτ,Jτ}L(τ1,τ0):CHEGH,L(M,λ1,J1)CHEGH,L(M,λ0,J0)\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}(\tau_{1},\tau_{0}):CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda_{1},J_{1})\to CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda_{0},J_{0})

for |τ1τ0||\tau_{1}-\tau_{0}| sufficiently small. To see this, it suffices to replace (λτ,Jτ)(\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}) by the homotopy

τ(λβ(τ),Jβ(τ)) where β(τ):=τ0+ρ(τ)(τ1τ0)\tau\mapsto\left(\lambda_{\beta(\tau)},J_{\beta(\tau)}\right)\ \mbox{ where }\ \beta(\tau):=\tau_{0}+\rho(\tau)(\tau_{1}-\tau_{0})

and ρ:[0,1]\rho:\mathbb{R}\to[0,1] is a smooth cutoff function satisfying

{ρ(τ)=0forτ0;ρ(τ)=1forτ1.\left\{\begin{array}[]{lcl}\rho(\tau)=0&\mbox{for}&\tau\leq 0;\\ \rho(\tau)=1&\mbox{for}&\tau\geq 1.\\ \end{array}\right.

For a general pair of real numbers τ0,τ1\tau_{0},\ \tau_{1}, the isomorphism Φ{λτ,Jτ}L(τ1,τ0)\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}(\tau_{1},\tau_{0}) can then be defined as a composition of the isomorphisms Φ{λτ,Jτ}L(τi+1,τi)\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}(\tau_{i+1},\tau_{i}) for a suitable partition of the interval [τ0,τ1][\tau_{0},\tau_{1}]. The resulting isomorphism is independent of the choice of partition.

By repeating the arguments in the construction of the chain map and chain homotopy for the unfiltered cylindrical contact homology, we deduce that the continuation isomorphisms on filtered Floer homology have the following properties.

Theorem 3.33.

Let MM be a closed oriented connected 3-manifold and (λτi,Jτi)(\lambda_{\tau_{i}},J_{\tau_{i}}) are LL-nondegenerate dynamically separated pairs for i=0,1,2i=0,1,2.

Naturality:

If {λτ,Jτ}\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\} is a generic smooth path through dynamically separated pairs then Φ{λτ,Jτ}L(τ0,τ0)=𝟙\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}(\tau_{0},\tau_{0})=\mathds{1} and

Φ{λτ,Jτ}L(τ2,τ0)=Φ{λτ,Jτ}L(τ2,τ1)Φ{λτ,Jτ}L(τ1,τ0).\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}(\tau_{2},\tau_{0})=\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}(\tau_{2},\tau_{1})\circ\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}(\tau_{1},\tau_{0}).
Homtopy:

The isomorphism Φ{λτ,Jτ}L(τ1,τ0)\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}(\tau_{1},\tau_{0}) depends only on the homotopy class with fixed endpoints of the path {λτ,Jτ}\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}.

Filtration:

If L<LL<L^{\prime} and (λ,J)(\lambda,J) is an LL-nondegenerate dynamically separated pair then the continuation maps commute with the homomorphisms in the long exact sequence

CHEGH,L(M,λ,J)CHEGH,L(M,λ,J)CHEGH,[L,L](M,λ,J)CH1EGH,L(M,λ,J)\begin{array}[]{llc c l}...&\to&CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda,J)&\to&CH_{*}^{EGH,L^{\prime}}(M,\lambda,J)\\ &\to&CH_{*}^{EGH,[L,L^{\prime}]}(M,\lambda,J)&\to&CH_{*-1}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda,J)\to...\\ \end{array}

for generic smooth paths through LL^{\prime}-nondegenerate dynamically separated pairs. Here CHEGH,[L,L](M,λ,J)CH_{*}^{EGH,[L,L^{\prime}]}(M,\lambda,J) denotes the homology of the quotient complex.

Monotonicity:

The continuation homomorphism preserves the subcomplexes CHEGH,LCH_{*}^{EGH,L} and induces a homomorphism

CHEGH,L(M,λτ0,Jτ0)CHEGH,L(M,λτ1,Jτ1)CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda_{\tau_{0}},J_{\tau_{0}})\to CH_{*}^{EGH,L}(M,\lambda_{\tau_{1}},J_{\tau_{1}})

for τ0<τ1\tau_{0}<\tau_{1}. If, in addition λτ\lambda_{\tau} is dynamically separated for every τ[τ0,τ1]\tau\in[\tau_{0},\tau_{1}] then this is an isomorphism and agrees with Φ{λτ,Jτ}L(τ1,τ0)\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}(\tau_{1},\tau_{0}).

Remark 3.34.

Let MM be a closed oriented connected 3-manifold and λ\lambda be a nondegenerate dynamically separated contact form. Then

CHEGH(M,ker λ)=limLCHEGH,L(M,λ).CH_{*}^{EGH}(M,\mbox{ker }\lambda)=\lim_{L\to\infty}CH_{*}^{{EGH,L}}(M,\lambda).

Moreover, in this case the filtered continuation isomorphisms agree with the usual ones. Hence the filtration property asserts that there is a well-defined homomorphism

ιL(λ):CHEGH,L(M,λ)CHEGH(M,λ),\iota^{L}(\lambda):CH_{*}^{{EGH,L}}(M,\lambda)\to CH_{*}^{{EGH}}(M,\lambda),

which is induced by the inclusion of chain complexes. The filtration property also shows that every path of nondegenerate dynamically separated contact forms determines a commutative diagram

CHEGH,L(M,λ0){CH_{*}^{{EGH,L}}(M,\lambda_{0})}CHEGH,L(M,λ1){CH_{*}^{{EGH,L}}(M,\lambda_{1})}CHEGH(M,λ0){CH_{*}^{{EGH}}(M,\lambda_{0})}CHEGH(M,λ1){CH_{*}^{{EGH}}(M,\lambda_{1})}Φ{λτ,Jτ}L\scriptstyle{\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}}}ιL\scriptstyle{\iota^{L}}ιL\scriptstyle{\iota^{L}}Φ10\scriptstyle{\Phi^{10}}

where Φ{λτ,Jτ}L\Phi^{L}_{\{\lambda_{\tau},J_{\tau}\}} is the continuation isomorphism of filtered cylindrical contact homology and Φ10\Phi^{10} is the canonical cylindrical continuation isomorphism.

4 Grinding through gradings

This section provides the details on the Reeb dynamics of prequantization bundles and the computation of the Conley-Zehnder index of the associated Reeb orbits. Recall that (V3,λ)(V^{3},\lambda) is a prequantization bundle over an integral closed symplectic surface (Σ,ω)(\Sigma,\omega) so that [ω][\omega] is primitive and c1(Σ)=c[ω]c_{1}(\Sigma)=c[\omega]. Let λε=(1+επH)λ\lambda_{\varepsilon}=(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\lambda be perturbed by a Morse-Smale function HH on Σ\Sigma satisfying |H|C2<1|H|_{C^{2}}<1 and γp\gamma_{p} be the simple Reeb orbit of RεR_{\varepsilon} which projects to pCrit(H)p\in\mbox{Crit}(H).

Proposition 4.1.

Fix a Morse function HH such that |H|C2<1|H|_{C^{2}}<1 and a constant T>0.T>0. There exists ε>0\varepsilon>0 such that all Reeb orbits with 𝒜(γ)<T\mathcal{A}(\gamma)<T are nondegenerate and project to critical points of HH. Moreover, when 𝒜(γpk)<T\mathcal{A}(\gamma_{p}^{k})<T,

μCZ(γpk)=μRS(γk)1+indexp(H),\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{p}^{k})=\mu_{RS}(\gamma^{k})-1+\mbox{\emph{index}}_{p}(H), (4.0.1)

where γk\gamma^{k} is the kk-th iterate of the simple degenerate Reeb orbit corresponding to the circle fiber of VΣV\to\Sigma.

In Section 4.1, we review the necessary material about the Robbin-Salamon index and compute it for linearized flows relevant to the proof of Proposition 4.1. In Section 4.2 we review the Reeb dynamics of prequantization bundles and finish the proof of Proposition 4.1.

4.1 The beloved crossing form of Robbin and Salamon

The Conley-Zehnder index μCZ\mu_{CZ}, is a Maslov index for arcs of symplectic matrices which assigns an integer μCZ(Φ)\mu_{CZ}(\Phi) to every path of symplectic matrices Φ:[0,T]Sp(n)\Phi:[0,T]\to\mbox{Sp}(n), with Φ(0)=𝟙\Phi(0)=\mathds{1}. In order to ensure that the Conley-Zehnder index assigns the same integer to homotopic arcs, one must also stipulate that 1 is not an eigenvalue of the endpoint of this path of matrices, i.e. det(𝟙Φ(T))0\det(\mathds{1}-\Phi(T))\neq 0. We define the following set of continuous paths of symplectic matrices that start at the identity and end on a symplectic matrix that does not have 1 as an eigenvalue.

Σ(n)={Φ:[0,T]Sp(2n)|Φ is continuous,Φ(0)=𝟙, and det(𝟙Φ(T))0}.\Sigma^{*}(n)=\{\Phi:[0,T]\to\mbox{Sp}(2n)\ |\ \Phi\mbox{ is continuous},\ \Phi(0)=\mathds{1},\mbox{ and }\mbox{det}(\mathds{1}-\Phi(T))\neq 0\}.

The Conley-Zehnder index is a functor satisfying the following properties, and is uniquely determined by the homotopy, loop, and signature properties.

Theorem 4.2.

[RS93, Theorem 2.3, Remark 5.4], [Gu14, Theorem 2, Proposition 8 & 9]
There exists a unique functor μCZ\mu_{CZ} called the
Conley-Zehnder index that assigns the same integer to all homotopic paths Ψ\Psi in Σ(n)\Sigma^{*}(n),

μCZ:Σ(n).\mu_{CZ}:\Sigma^{*}(n)\to\mathbb{Z}.

such that the following hold.

  1. (1)

    Homotopy: The Conley-Zehnder index is constant on the connected components of Σ(n)\Sigma^{*}(n).

  2. (2)

    Naturalization: For any paths Φ,Ψ:[0,1]Sp(2n)\Phi,\Psi:[0,1]\to Sp(2n), μCZ(ΦΨΦ1)=μCZ(Ψ)\mu_{CZ}(\Phi\Psi\Phi^{-1})=\mu_{CZ}(\Psi).

  3. (3)

    Zero: If Ψ(t)Σ(n)\Psi(t)\in\Sigma^{*}(n) has no eigenvalues on the unit circle for t>0t>0, then μCZ(Ψ)=0\mu_{CZ}(\Psi)=0.

  4. (4)

    Product: If n=n+n′′n=n^{\prime}+n^{\prime\prime}, identify Sp(2n)Sp(2n′′)Sp(2n^{\prime})\oplus Sp(2n^{\prime\prime}) with a subgroup of Sp(2n)Sp(2n) in the obvious way. For ΨΣ(n)\Psi^{\prime}\in\Sigma^{*}(n^{\prime}), Ψ′′Σ(n′′)\Psi^{\prime\prime}\in\Sigma^{*}(n^{\prime\prime}), then μCZ(ΨΨ′′)=μCZ(Ψ)+μCZ(Ψ′′)\mu_{CZ}(\Psi^{\prime}\oplus\Psi^{\prime\prime})=\mu_{CZ}(\Psi^{\prime})+\mu_{CZ}(\Psi^{\prime\prime}).

  5. (5)

    Loop: If Φ\Phi is a loop at 𝟙\mathds{1}, then μCZ(ΦΨ)=μCZ(Ψ)+2μ(Φ)\mu_{CZ}(\Phi\Psi)=\mu_{CZ}(\Psi)+2\mu(\Phi) where μ\mu is the Maslov Index.

  6. (6)

    Signature: If SM(2n)S\in M(2n) is a symmetric matrix with S<2π||S||<2\pi and Ψ(t)=exp(J0St)\Psi(t)=\exp(J_{0}St), then μCZ(Ψ)=12sign(S)\mu_{CZ}(\Psi)=\frac{1}{2}\mbox{\em sign}(S).

As before we will take γ\gamma to be a (nondegenerate) closed Reeb orbit of period TT. We fix a symplectic trivialization τ\tau101010Since Φ\Phi is used to denote a matrix in this section, we will use τ\tau for the choice of trivialization rather than Φ\Phi in this section. of ξ\xi along γ\gamma, as so that the linearized flow

dφt:ξγ(0)ξγ(t)d\varphi_{t}:\xi_{\gamma(0)}\to\xi_{\gamma(t)}

for t[0,T]t\in[0,T] is given by a path Ψ(t)\Psi(t) of symplectic matrices. Note that Ψ(0)=𝟙\Psi(0)=\mathds{1} and, when γ\gamma is nondegenerate, det(Ψ(T)𝟙)0\det(\Psi(T)-\mathds{1})\neq 0. This permits us to compute the Conley-Zehnder index of dφt,t[0,T],d\varphi_{t},\ t\in[0,T],

μCZτ(γ):=μCZ({dφt}|t[0,T]).\mu_{CZ}^{\tau}(\gamma):=\mu_{CZ}\left(\left\{d\varphi_{t}\right\}\arrowvert_{t\in[0,T]}\right).

As explained in §1.1, this index is dependent on the choice of trivialization Φ\Phi of ξ\xi along γ\gamma which was used in linearizing the Reeb flow. However, if c1(ξ;)=0c_{1}(\xi;\mathbb{Q})=0 we can use the existence of an (almost) complex volume form on the symplectization to obtain a global means of linearizing the flow of the Reeb vector field. The choice of a complex volume form is parametrized by H1(×M;)H^{1}(\mathbb{R}\times M;\mathbb{Z}), so an absolute integral grading is only determined up to the choice of volume form.

We may alternately realize the Conley-Zehnder index in terms of crossing forms, and that both definitions agree is proven in [RS93]. Using crossing forms to compute the Conley-Zehnder also allows one to compute the index of arbitrary paths of symplectic matrices,

Ψ(t)Σ(n):={Ψ:[0,T]Sp(n):Ψ is continuous, T>0 and Ψ(0)=𝟙}.\Psi(t)\in\Sigma(n):=\{\Psi:[0,T]\to\mbox{Sp}(n)\ :\ \Psi\mbox{ is continuous, }T>0\mbox{ and }\Psi(0)=\mathds{1}\}.

In particular, associated to every periodic solution we obtain a half integer μRS\mu_{RS} which agrees with μCZ\mu_{CZ} in the nondegenerate case, i.e. when Ψ(t)Σ(n).\Psi(t)\in\Sigma^{*}(n).

This is accomplished by realizing Ψ(t)\Psi(t) as a smooth path of Lagrangian subspaces. To do this, we review the construction of μRS\mu_{RS} via the index of the Lagrangian path

Graph(Ψ(t)):={(x,Ψ(t)x)|xn}\mbox{Graph}(\Psi(t)):=\{(x,\Psi(t)x)\ |\ x\in\mathbb{R}^{n}\}

in (2n×2n,((ω0)ω0))(\mathbb{R}^{2n}\times\mathbb{R}^{2n},((-\omega_{0})\oplus\omega_{0})) relative to the diagonal

Δ:={(X,X)|X2n}.\Delta:=\{(X,X)\ |\ X\in\mathbb{R}^{2n}\}.

Here ω0\omega_{0} is the standard symplectic form on 2n\mathbb{R}^{2n}. Assuming Ψ(a)=𝟙\Psi(a)=\mathds{1} and det(𝟙Ψ(b))0\det(\mathds{1}-\Psi(b))\neq 0 then the index of this Lagrangian path may be defined as follows,

μRS(Ψ):=μ(Graph(Ψ),Δ).\mu_{RS}(\Psi):=\mu(\mbox{Graph}(\Psi),\Delta).

This index is an integer and satisfies

(1)μ(Ψ)n=signdet(𝟙Ψ(b)).(-1)^{\mu(\Psi)-n}=\mbox{sign}\det(\mathds{1}-\Psi(b)).

The above number is the parity of the Lagrangian frame (𝟙,Ψ(b))(\mathds{1},\Psi(b)) for the graph of Ψ(b)\Psi(b). This index can then be computed via quadratic forms defined at crossing numbers.

A number t[0,T]t\in[0,T] is called a crossing if det(Ψ(t)𝟙)=0.\det(\Psi(t)-\mathds{1})=0. We denote the set of crossings by

Et:=ker(Ψ(t)𝟙).E_{t}:=\ker(\Psi(t)-\mathds{1}).

For a crossing t[0,T]t\in[0,T], the crossing form Γ(Ψ,t)\Gamma(\Psi,t) is the quadratic form on EtE_{t} defined by:

Γ(Ψ,t)(v):=dλ(v,Ψ˙v) for vEt.\Gamma(\Psi,t)(v):=d\lambda(v,\dot{\Psi}v)\ \ \ \mbox{ for }v\in E_{t}.

A crossing tt is regular whenever the crossing form at tt is nonsingular. Note that regular crossings are necessarily isolated. Any path Ψ\Psi is homotopic with fixed end points to a path having only regular crossings. Recall that the signature of a nondegenerate quadratic form is the difference between the number of its positive eigenvalues and the number of its negative eigenvalues.

Robbin and Salamon define the index μRS(Ψ)\mu_{RS}(\Psi) of the path Ψ\Psi having only regular crossings to be

μRS(Ψ):=12sign(Γ(Ψ,0)(v))+0<all crossings t<Tsign(Γ(Ψ,t)(v))+12sign(Γ(Ψ,T)(v)).\mu_{RS}(\Psi):=\frac{1}{2}\mbox{sign}(\Gamma(\Psi,0)(v))+\sum_{0<\mbox{\tiny all crossings }t<T}\mbox{sign}(\Gamma(\Psi,t)(v))+\frac{1}{2}\mbox{sign}(\Gamma(\Psi,T)(v)).

In the case that we have taken the linearized flow of a nondegenerate Reeb orbit to obtain our path of symplectic matrices, i.e. ΨΣ(1)\Psi\in\Sigma^{*}(1), we obtain

μRS(Ψ):=12sign(Γ(Ψ,0)(v))+0<all crossings tTsign(Γ(Ψ,t)(v)).\mu_{RS}(\Psi):=\frac{1}{2}\mbox{sign}(\Gamma(\Psi,0)(v))+\sum_{0<\mbox{\tiny all crossings }t\leq T}\mbox{sign}(\Gamma(\Psi,t)(v)).

This is because t=Tt=T is no longer a crossing as det(Ψ(t)𝟙)0.\det(\Psi(t)-\mathds{1})\neq 0.

If we are working in (2n,ω0)(\mathbb{R}^{2n},\omega_{0}), we have the following expression of the crossing form. Since any path in Sp(2n,)\mbox{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) is a solution to a differential equation Ψ˙(t)=J0S(t)Ψ(t)\dot{\Psi}(t)=J_{0}S(t)\Psi(t), with S(t)S(t) a symmetric matrix we can write the crossing form in 2n\mathbb{R}^{2n} as

Γ0(Ψ(t),t)(v)=v,S(t)v\Gamma_{0}(\Psi(t),t)(v)=\langle v,S(t)v\rangle (4.1.1)

The main features of the Robbin-Salamon index are the following.

Proposition 4.3.

The Robbin-Salamon index has the following properties.

  • (i)

    The Robbin-Salamon index satisfies additivity under concatenations of paths,

    μRS(Ψ|[a,b])+μRS(Ψ|[b,c])=μRS(Ψ|[a,c])\mu_{RS}\left(\Psi\arrowvert_{[a,b]}\right)+\mu_{RS}\left(\Psi\arrowvert_{[b,c]}\right)=\mu_{RS}\left(\Psi\arrowvert_{[a,c]}\right)
  • (ii)

    The Robbin-Salamon index characterizes paths up to homotopy with fixed end points.

  • (iii)

    The Robbin-Salamon index satisfies additivity under products,

    μRS(ΨΨ′′)=μRS(Ψ)+μRS(Ψ′′).\mu_{RS}(\Psi^{\prime}\oplus\Psi^{\prime\prime})=\mu_{RS}(\Psi^{\prime})+\mu_{RS}(\Psi^{\prime\prime}).

As a preliminary example, we compute the Robbin-Salamon index for the symplectic path of matrices arising from the flow given by φt(z)=eitz\varphi_{t}(z)=e^{it}z on (,ω0)(\mathbb{C},\omega_{0}). If we take t[0,2πn]t\in[0,2\pi n] we do not obtain a path of symplectic matrices in Σ(1)\Sigma^{*}(1) but we may still make use of crossing forms to compute the Robbin-Salamon index for this path.

Example 4.4.

The linearization of φt(z)=eitz\varphi_{t}(z)=e^{it}z is given by dφt(z)v=eitvd\varphi_{t}(z)\cdot v=e^{it}v. We denote Ψ(t)=eit\Psi(t)=e^{it} and obtain crossings for t=2πnt=2\pi n for every n0n\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq 0}. From (4.1.1) the crossing form may be written as

Γ0(Ψ,t)(v)=v,v\Gamma_{0}(\Psi,t)(v)=\langle v,v\rangle

For t=2πnt=2\pi n with n0n\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq 0} we have that Γ0\Gamma_{0} is nondegenerate and

Γ0(Ψ,t)(v)=vv¯=a2+b2,\Gamma_{0}(\Psi,t)(v)=v\bar{v}=a^{2}+b^{2},

where v=a+ibv=a+ib. This has signature +2, and thus on [0,2πn][0,2\pi n] with n>0n\in\mathbb{Z}_{>0} we have

μRS(Ψ(t))=2n.\mu_{RS}(\Psi(t))=2n.

If we take Ψ(t)\Psi(t) to be defined on the interval [0,2πn+ε][0,2\pi n+\varepsilon] with 0<ε<2π0<\varepsilon<2\pi then this is a path of symplectic matrices in Σ(1)\Sigma^{*}(1) and we obtain

μCZ(Ψ(t))=μRS(Ψ(t))=2n\mu_{CZ}(\Psi(t))=\mu_{RS}(\Psi(t))=2n

Next we compute the Robbin-Salamon index of the linearization Ψ\Psi of the time ε\varepsilon flow near a critical point pp of a Morse function HH on (Σ2n,ω)(\Sigma^{2n},\omega).

Lemma 4.5.

Let Ψ:={Ψ(t)}t[0,ε)\Psi:=\{\Psi(t)\}_{t\in[0,\varepsilon)} be the path of symplectic matrices associated to the linearization of the Hamiltonian vector field XHX_{H} of a Morse function HH at a critical point pp on (Σ2n,ω)(\Sigma^{2n},\omega). Then {Ψ(t)}t[0,ε)\{\Psi(t)\}_{t\in[0,\varepsilon)} has an isolated crossing at 0 and

μRS(Ψ)=indexpH12dimΣ.\mu_{RS}(\Psi)=\mbox{\em index}_{p}H-\frac{1}{2}\mbox{\em dim}\Sigma.
Proof.

We will use the convention that

ω(XH,)=dH.\omega(X_{H},\cdot)=dH.

Let pp be a critical point of HH. After picking a Darboux ball around pp we have

XH=J0H.X_{H}=-J_{0}\nabla H.

The linearized flow Ψ\Psi is a solution of the autonomous ODE

Ψ˙=J02HΨ.\dot{\Psi}=-J_{0}\nabla^{2}H\cdot\Psi.

Thus

Ψ(t)=exp(J0Hessp(H)t).\Psi(t)=\mbox{exp}(-J_{0}\mbox{Hess}_{p}(H)t).

Since HH is Morse its Hessian is nondegenerate at pp. The crossing form is given by

Γ0(Ψ,0)(v)=vTHessp(H)v,\Gamma_{0}(\Psi,0)(v)=v^{T}\mbox{Hess}_{p}(H)v,

and for sufficiently small ε\varepsilon the only crossing is at t=0t=0. By a Morse shift lemma we obtain

μRS(Ψ)=12signHesspH=indexpH12dimΣ.\mu_{RS}(\Psi)=-\frac{1}{2}\mbox{sign}\ \mbox{Hess}_{p}H=\mbox{index}_{p}H-\frac{1}{2}{\dim\Sigma}.

Also needed is the following computation of the Robbin-Salamon index associated to the linearized Hopf flow.

Lemma 4.6.

For a closed Reeb orbit γk\gamma^{k} associated to the degenerate Reeb flow on S3S^{3} generated by the standard contact form λ\lambda, we have

μRS(γk)=4k.\mu_{RS}(\gamma^{k})=4k.
Proof.

The standard contact form on S3S^{3} is

λ=i2(udu¯u¯du+vdv¯v¯dv)|S3,\lambda=\frac{i}{2}(ud\bar{u}-\bar{u}du+vd\bar{v}-\bar{v}dv)|_{S^{3}},

and

R=i(uuu¯u¯+vvv¯v¯)=(ix1y1,ix2y2)=(iu,iv)\begin{array}[]{ccl}R&=&i\left(u\dfrac{\partial}{\partial u}-\bar{u}\dfrac{\partial}{\partial\bar{u}}+v\dfrac{\partial}{\partial v}-\bar{v}\dfrac{\partial}{\partial\bar{v}}\right)\\ &=&(ix_{1}-y_{1},ix_{2}-y_{2})\\ &=&(iu,iv)\\ \end{array} (4.1.2)

Recall that

φt(u,v)=(eitu,eitv).\varphi_{t}(u,v)=(e^{it}u,e^{it}v).

gives the flow of the Reeb vector field of (4.1.2). It also gives rise to a symplectomorphism of 2{𝟎}\mathbb{C}^{2}\setminus\{\mathbf{0}\}, thereby allowing us to obtain a global trivialization which extends the trivialization around the closed orbits to the closed disks spanned by the orbits.

There is the following natural splitting of 2\mathbb{C}^{2},

2ξpξpω.\mathbb{C}^{2}\cong\xi_{p}\oplus\xi_{p}^{\omega}.

Here ξpω\xi_{p}^{\omega} is the symplectic complement of ξp\xi_{p}, defined as follows

ξpω={vTpS3|ω(v,w)=0 for all wξp}.\xi_{p}^{\omega}=\{v\in T_{p}S^{3}\ |\ \omega(v,w)=0\mbox{ for all }w\in\xi_{p}\}.

On 2{0}\mathbb{C}^{2}\setminus\{0\} we use the symplectic form d(eτλ)d(e^{\tau}\lambda) pulled back under the biholomorphism,

ψ:2{𝟎}×S3z(12ln|z|,z|z|)\begin{array}[]{crcl}\psi:&\mathbb{C}^{2}\setminus\{\bf{0}\}&\to&\mathbb{R}\times S^{3}\\ &z&\mapsto&\left(\frac{1}{2}\ln|z|,\dfrac{z}{|z|}\right)\\ \end{array}

which we denote by

ω0=ω2{𝟎}=ψ(d(eτλ))\omega_{0}=\omega_{\mathbb{C}^{2}\setminus\{\bf{0}\}}=\psi^{*}(d(e^{\tau}\lambda))

We may write ξpω0\xi^{\omega_{0}}_{p} as the span of the following vector fields evaluated at pp:

X=i(u,v)=i(uuu¯u¯+vvv¯v¯),Y=(u,v)=(uuu¯u¯+vvv¯v¯).\begin{array}[]{lcccr}X&=&-i(u,v)&=&-i\left(u\dfrac{\partial}{\partial u}-\bar{u}\dfrac{\partial}{\partial\bar{u}}+v\dfrac{\partial}{\partial v}-\bar{v}\dfrac{\partial}{\partial\bar{v}}\right),\\ Y&=&(u,v)&=&\left(u\dfrac{\partial}{\partial u}-\bar{u}\dfrac{\partial}{\partial\bar{u}}+v\dfrac{\partial}{\partial v}-\bar{v}\dfrac{\partial}{\partial\bar{v}}\right).\\ \end{array} (4.1.3)

The vector fields XX and YY defined in in (4.1.3) yield a standard symplectic or Darboux basis for the symplectic vector space ξpω0\xi_{p}^{\omega_{0}} because

ω0(X,Y)=ω0(Y,X)=1;ω0(X,X)=ω0(Y,Y)=0.\begin{array}[]{rcrcr}\omega_{0}(X,Y)&=&-\omega_{0}(Y,X)&=&1;\\ \omega_{0}(X,X)&=&\omega_{0}(Y,Y)&=&0.\\ \end{array}

We have that ω0\omega_{0} on ξpω0\xi_{p}^{\omega_{0}} is given by

(0110).\left(\begin{array}[]{cc}0&1\\ 1&0\\ \end{array}\right).

Thus ξω0\xi^{\omega_{0}} is symplectically trivial and ξ\xi is symplectically trivial because

T2ξξω.T\mathbb{C}^{2}\cong\xi\oplus\xi^{\omega}.

The linearized flow acts on ξpω0\xi_{p}^{\omega_{0}} by

dφt(X(p))=X(φt(p)),dφt(Y(p))=Y(φt(p)).\begin{array}[]{lcl}d\varphi_{t}(X(p))&=&X(\varphi_{t}(p)),\\ d\varphi_{t}(Y(p))&=&Y(\varphi_{t}(p)).\\ \end{array}

A trivialization of ξ\xi over any disc in MM followed by the above trivialization of ξω0\xi^{\omega_{0}} gives a trivialization of Tp(2{𝟎})T_{p}(\mathbb{C}^{2}\setminus\{\bf{0}\}) which is homotopic to the standard one.

As a result we may finally conclude that dφtd\varphi_{t} on Tp(2{𝟎})T_{p}(\mathbb{C}^{2}\setminus\{\bf{0}\}) is given by the ``standard'' differential of φt\varphi_{t} on 2\mathbb{C}^{2}, namely

dφt=(eit00eit).d\varphi_{t}=\left(\begin{array}[]{cc}e^{it}&0\\ 0&e^{it}\\ \end{array}\right).

We obtain

Φ2(t):=dφt|2\Phi_{\mathbb{C}^{2}}(t):=d\varphi_{t}\arrowvert_{\mathbb{C}^{2}}

as the path of symplectic matrices associated to the linearized Reeb flow of γ\gamma extended to 2{𝟎}\mathbb{C}^{2}\setminus\{\mathbf{0}\} for T[0,T]T\in[0,T]. Similarly, we denote Φξω0(t)\Phi_{\xi^{\omega_{0}}}(t) to be the path of symplectic matrices associated to the linearized Reeb flow of γp\gamma_{p} for T[0,T]T\in[0,T] restricted on the symplectic complement of ξ\xi.

Then the naturality, homotopy, and product properties of the Conley-Zehnder index yield

μCZ(γp(t)):=μCZ(dφ(t)|ξ)=μCZ(Φ2(t))μCZ(Φξω0(t)).\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{p}(t)):=\mu_{CZ}\left(d\varphi(t)\arrowvert_{\xi}\right)=\mu_{CZ}\left(\Phi_{\mathbb{C}^{2}}(t)\right)-\mu_{CZ}\left(\Phi_{\xi^{\omega_{0}}}(t)\right).

Since

X(φt)=i(eitu,eitv)Y(φt)=(eitu,eitv)\begin{array}[]{lcr}X(\varphi_{t})&=&-i(e^{it}u,e^{it}v)\\ Y(\varphi_{t})&=&(e^{it}u,e^{it}v)\\ \end{array}

and

dφ2kπ(X(p))=i(u,v)=X(p)dφ2kπ(Y(p))=(u,v)=Y(p)\begin{array}[]{lcrcc}d\varphi_{2k\pi}(X(p))&=&-i(u,v)&=&X(p)\\ d\varphi_{2k\pi}(Y(p))&=&(u,v)&=&Y(p)\\ \end{array}

we obtain

Φξω0(2kπ)=𝟙,\Phi_{\xi^{\omega_{0}}}(2k\pi)=\mathds{1},

Thus μCZ(Φξω0(2kπ))=0\mu_{CZ}(\Phi_{\xi^{\omega_{0}}}(2k\pi))=0. With the help of Example 4.6 we obtain

μCZ(γp(t)):=μCZ(dφ(t)|ξ)=μCZ(Φ2(t))=4k.\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{p}(t)):=\mu_{CZ}\left(d\varphi(t)\arrowvert_{\xi}\right)=\mu_{CZ}\left(\Phi_{\mathbb{C}^{2}}(t)\right)=4k.

By a covering trick we obtain Proposition 1.25.

Corollary 4.7.

Let (V,λ)(V,\lambda) be the prequantization bundle over the monotone, simply connected closed symplectic manifold (S2,kω0)(S^{2},k\omega_{0}) for k>0k\in\mathbb{Z}_{>0}. Then (V,ξ)=(L(k,1),ξstd)(V,\xi)=(L(k,1),\xi_{std}) and the kk-fold cover of every simple orbit γ\gamma is contractible and μRSΦ(γk)=4\mu_{RS}^{\Phi}(\gamma^{k})=4.

Proof.

The result follows from taking the kk-fold cover of VV which reduces the setup of the proof of Proposition 4.6. ∎

Finally, using a convenient choice of constant trivialization as in [GGM15, §3.1, 4.2], we compute the Robbin-Salamon index of fibers of prequantization bundles over surfaces (Σg,ω0)(\Sigma_{g},\omega_{0}) of genus g1g\geq 1 wherein [ω0][\omega_{0}] is primitive.

Lemma 4.8.

Let (V,λ)𝜋(Σg,ω0)(V,\lambda)\overset{\pi}{\rightarrow}(\Sigma_{g},\omega_{0}) be a prequantization bundle over a surface of genus g1g\geq 1 with [ω0][\omega_{0}] primitive. Then for the constant trivialization Φ\Phi along the circle fiber γp=π1(p)\gamma_{p}=\pi^{-1}(p), we obtain μRSΦ(γp)=0\mu_{RS}^{\Phi}(\gamma_{p})=0 and μRSΦ(γpk)=0\mu_{RS}^{\Phi}(\gamma^{k}_{p})=0.

Proof.

Let Γ\Gamma be a free homotopy class of VV. In order to define the Robbin-Salamon index of a simple (nondegenerate) Reeb orbit γp\gamma_{p} with [γp]=Γ[\gamma_{p}]=\Gamma we must fix a trivialization of ξ|γp\xi|_{\gamma_{p}}. We can fix a trivialization up to homotopy of ξ\xi along a reference loop in the free homotopy class Γ\Gamma. Connecting γp\gamma_{p} to the reference loop by a cylinder and extending the trivialization along the cylinder produces, up to homotopy, a well-defined trivialization of ξ\xi along γp\gamma_{p}. When c1(ξ)c_{1}(\xi) is atoroidal we are able to guarantee that the resulting trivialization is independent of the cylinder.

The choice of trivializations needs to be compatible under iteration. However, for prequantization bundles over Σg\Sigma_{g} with g1g\geq 1, the classes Γk\Gamma^{k} for k1k\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq 1} are all distinct and nontrivial. Thus we can fix a trivialization Φ\Phi of ξ\xi along a loop in the class Γ\Gamma then the trivialization for the class Γk\Gamma^{k} is obtained by taking the kk-th iterate of Φ\Phi.

We take the reference loop to be the fiber γ=π1(p)\gamma=\pi^{1}(p) over a point in the class Γ\Gamma. For any point qπ1(p)q\in\pi^{-1}(p) a fixed trivialization of TpΣgT_{p}\Sigma_{g} allows us to trivialize ξq\xi_{q} as ξqTpΣ\xi_{q}\cong T_{p}\Sigma. This trivialization is invariant under the linearized Reeb flow and can be thought of as a ``constant trivialization" over the orbit γp\gamma_{p} because the linearized Reeb flow, with respect to this trivialization, is the identity map. In regards to iterates, we use the kk-th iteration of the fiber as the reference loop for Γk\Gamma^{k} and the reference trivialization associated to Γk\Gamma^{k} is still the constant trivialization.

Remark 4.9.

The above choice of constant trivialization is compatible the regularity result of Propositions 2.31 and 2.32.

4.2 Perturbed Reeb vector fields on prequantization bundles

This section reviews the Reeb dynamics of prequantization bundles and completes the proof of Proposition 4.1, which gives us the formula for the Conley-Zehnder index of closed Reeb orbits of RεR_{\varepsilon} over critical points pp of HH. We begin with the following result.

Proposition 4.10.

The Reeb vector field associated to λε=(1+επH)λ\lambda_{\varepsilon}=(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\lambda is given by

Rε=R1+επH+εX~H(1+επH)2.R_{\varepsilon}=\frac{R}{1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H}+\frac{\varepsilon\widetilde{X}_{H}}{{(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)}^{2}}. (4.2.1)

where XHX_{H} is a Hamiltonian vector field 111111We use the convention ω(XH,)=dH.\omega(X_{H},\cdot)=dH. on S2S^{2} and X~H\widetilde{X}_{H} its horizontal lift, i.e.

dh(q)X~H(q)=XεH(h(q)) and λ(X~H)=0.dh(q)\widetilde{X}_{H}(q)=X_{\varepsilon H}(h(q))\ \ \mbox{ and }\ \ \lambda(\widetilde{X}_{H})=0.
Proof.

We have the following splitting of TMTM with respect to the contact form λ\lambda,

TpM=R(p)ξp.T_{p}M=\langle R(p)\rangle\oplus\xi_{p}.

Thus we know that there exists a,ba,b\in\mathbb{R} and YY where λ(Y)=0\lambda(Y)=0 such that Rε=aR+bY.R_{\varepsilon}=aR+bY. We will show that a=11+επHa=\dfrac{1}{1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H}, b=ε(1+επH)2b=\dfrac{\varepsilon}{{(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)}^{2}} and Y=X~HY=\widetilde{X}_{H}. We know that RεR_{\varepsilon} is uniquely determined by the equations

λε(Rε)=1,dλε(Rε,)=0.\lambda_{\varepsilon}(R_{\varepsilon})=1,\ \ \ d\lambda_{\varepsilon}(R_{\varepsilon},\cdot)=0. (4.2.2)

That aa is of the desired form follows immediately from the first line of (4.2.2) as

λε(Rε)=(1+επH)λ(aR)+(1+επH)λ(bY)=(1+επH)λ(aR)\lambda_{\varepsilon}(R_{\varepsilon})=(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\lambda(aR)+(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\lambda(bY)=(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\lambda(aR)

We compute to find

dλε=(1+επH)dλε+επdHλ.d\lambda_{\varepsilon}=(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)d\lambda_{\varepsilon}+\varepsilon\pi^{*}dH\wedge\lambda.

Then

dλε(Rε,)=(1+επH)(dλ(aR,)+dλ(bY,))+επdH(aR)λ()επdH()λ(aR)+επdH(bY)λ()επdH()λ(bY),\begin{array}[]{lcl}d\lambda_{\varepsilon}(R_{\varepsilon},\cdot)&=&(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\left(d\lambda(aR,\cdot)+d\lambda(bY,\cdot)\right)\\ &&\ \ \ +\ \varepsilon\pi^{*}dH(aR)\lambda(\cdot)-\varepsilon\pi^{*}dH(\cdot)\lambda(aR)\\ &&\ \ \ +\ \varepsilon\pi^{*}dH(bY)\lambda(\cdot)-\varepsilon\pi^{*}dH(\cdot)\lambda(bY),\\ \end{array}

which reduces to

dλε(Rε,)=(1+επH)dλ(bY,)+επdH(aR)λ()ε(1+επH)πdH()+επdH(bY)λ().\begin{array}[]{lcl}d\lambda_{\varepsilon}(R_{\varepsilon},\cdot)&=&(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)d\lambda(bY,\cdot)+\varepsilon\pi^{*}dH(aR)\lambda(\cdot)\\ &&\ \ \ -\ \frac{\varepsilon}{(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)}\pi^{*}dH(\cdot)+\varepsilon\pi^{*}dH(bY)\lambda(\cdot).\\ \end{array} (4.2.3)

Lest we forget about the symplectic form downstairs, recall dλ=πωd\lambda=\pi^{*}\omega and ω(XH,)=dH.\omega(X_{H},\cdot)=dH. Also we have that

πdH()=πω(XH,)=dλ(X~H,),πdH()λ()=dλ(X~H,)λ().\pi^{*}dH(\cdot)=\pi^{*}\omega(X_{H},\cdot)=d\lambda(\widetilde{X}_{H},\cdot),\ \ \ \ \ \pi^{*}dH(\cdot)\wedge\lambda(\cdot)=d\lambda(\widetilde{X}_{H},\cdot)\wedge\lambda(\cdot).

Thus (4.2.3) becomes

dλε(Rε,)=(1+επH)dλ(bY,)+εdλ(X~H,aR)λ()ε(1+επH)dλ(X~H,)+εdλ(X~H,bY)λ()=(1+επH)dλ(bY,)ε(1+επH)dλ(X~H,)+εdλ(X~H,bY)λ().\begin{array}[]{lcl}d\lambda_{\varepsilon}(R_{\varepsilon},\cdot)&=&(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)d\lambda(bY,\cdot)+\varepsilon d\lambda(\widetilde{X}_{H},aR)\lambda(\cdot)\\ &&\ \ \ -\ \frac{\varepsilon}{(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)}d\lambda(\widetilde{X}_{H},\cdot)+\varepsilon d\lambda(\widetilde{X}_{H},bY)\lambda(\cdot)\\ &=&(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)d\lambda(bY,\cdot)-\frac{\varepsilon}{(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)}d\lambda(\widetilde{X}_{H},\cdot)+\varepsilon d\lambda(\widetilde{X}_{H},bY)\lambda(\cdot).\\ \end{array}

So dλε(Rε,)=0d\lambda_{\varepsilon}(R_{\varepsilon},\cdot)=0 precisely when b=ε(1+πH)2b=\dfrac{\varepsilon}{(1+\pi^{*}H)^{2}} and Y=X~HY=\widetilde{X}_{H} as desired. ∎

Lemma 4.11.

Fix a Morse function HH such that |H|C2<1|H|_{C^{2}}<1. For each T>0T>0, there exists ε>0\varepsilon>0 such that all Reeb orbits with 𝒜(γ)<T\mathcal{A}(\gamma)<T are nondegenerate and project to critical points of HH.

Proof.

We have

Rε=R1+επH+εX~H(1+επH)2.R_{\varepsilon}=\frac{R}{1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H}+\frac{\varepsilon\widetilde{X}_{H}}{{(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)}^{2}}.

The horizontal lift X~H\widetilde{X}_{H} is determined by

dh(q)X~H(q)=XεH(h(q)) and λ(X~H)=0.dh(q)\widetilde{X}_{H}(q)=X_{\varepsilon H}(h(q))\ \ \mbox{ and }\ \ \lambda(\widetilde{X}_{H})=0.

Thus those orbits which do not project to pCrit(H)p\in\mbox{Crit}(H) must project to XHX_{H}. We have

ε(1+ε)2<ε(1+επH)2<ε(1ε)2\frac{\varepsilon}{(1+\varepsilon)^{2}}<\frac{\varepsilon}{{(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)}^{2}}<\frac{\varepsilon}{(1-\varepsilon)^{2}}

A Taylor series expansion shows that the mm-periodic orbits of XHX_{H} give rise to orbits of εX~H(1+επH)2\frac{\varepsilon\widetilde{X}_{H}}{{(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)}^{2}} which are Cε\frac{C}{\varepsilon}-periodic for some CC. We note that CC and mm must be bounded away from 0 since XHX_{H} is time autonomous. Nondegeneracy of Reeb orbits γ\gamma such that 𝒜(γ)<T\mathcal{A}(\gamma)<T follows from the proof of Theorem 13 in Appendix A of [ABW10].

Remark 4.12.

The action of a Reeb orbit γpk\gamma_{p}^{k} of RεR_{\varepsilon} over a critical point pp of HH is proportional to the length of the fiber, namely

𝒜(γpk)=γpkλε=2kπ(1+επH),\mathcal{A}(\gamma_{p}^{k})=\int_{\gamma_{p}^{k}}\lambda_{\varepsilon}=2k\pi(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H),

because πH\pi^{*}H is constant on critical points pp of HH.

With these details in place we can finish the proof of Proposition 4.1 in regard to the Conley-Zehnder indices of γpk\gamma_{p}^{k}, which we will prove are given by

μCZ(γpk)=μRS(γk)1+indexp(H),\mu_{CZ}(\gamma_{p}^{k})=\mu_{RS}(\gamma^{k})-1+\mbox{index}_{p}(H),

where γ\gamma is a degenerate Reeb orbit corresponding to the circle fiber of VΣV\to\Sigma. To do this we employ an argument similar to the one found in [CFHW96], as follows.

Proof of Proposition 4.1.

First, we show that one can use dλd\lambda instead of d((1+επH)λ)d\left((1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\lambda\right) in computing the Conley-Zehnder indices for closed Reeb orbits over critical points of HH. We have

d((1+επH)λ)|ξ=(d(επH)λ+επHdλ)|ξ=(επHdλ)|ξ.\begin{array}[]{lcl}d\left((1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\lambda\right)\arrowvert_{\xi}&=&\left(d(\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\wedge\lambda+\varepsilon\pi^{*}Hd\lambda\right)\arrowvert_{\xi}\\ &=&\left(\varepsilon\pi^{*}Hd\lambda\right)\arrowvert_{\xi}.\end{array}

This tells us that πH\pi^{*}H is constant along Hopf fibers over critical points of HH, which are precisely the nondegenerate Reeb orbits of interest to us.

Consider the decomposition

Tq~(×V)=Rε(q)ξq,T_{\widetilde{q}}(\mathbb{R}\times V)=\mathbb{R}\oplus\langle R_{\varepsilon}(q)\rangle\oplus\xi_{q},

where q~\widetilde{q} is the lift of qq under the projection map pr:×VVpr:\mathbb{R}\times V\to V. Since p=π(q)p=\pi(q) is a critical point of HH the linearization at q~\widetilde{q} with respect to this decomposition is given by

dφtε(q~)=((1001)dφtε|ξq).d\varphi^{\varepsilon}_{t}(\widetilde{q})=\left(\begin{array}[]{cc}\left(\begin{array}[]{cc}1&0\\ 0&1\\ \end{array}\right)&\\ &d\varphi^{\varepsilon}_{t}\arrowvert_{\xi_{q}}\\ \end{array}\right).

We define

Φε(t)=dφtε|ξq,\Phi_{\varepsilon}(t)=d\varphi^{\varepsilon}_{t}\arrowvert_{\xi_{q}},

to be the linearization of the perturbed flow RεR_{\varepsilon} restricted to ξq\xi_{q}. Note that when h(q)=ph(q)=p is a critical point of HH then the Reeb orbits associated to RεR_{\varepsilon} are 2kπ(1+εH(p))2k\pi(1+\varepsilon H(p))-periodic. Define

Tk:=2kπ(1+εH(p)).T_{k}:=2k\pi(1+\varepsilon H(p)).

Let Φ(t)\Phi(t) be the linearized flow of RR restricted to ξq\xi_{q} and Ψε(t)\Psi_{\varepsilon}(t) be the linearized flow of ψt\psi_{t} associated to X~1+εH\widetilde{X}_{1+\varepsilon H}.

The homotopy

L(s,t)=Φsε(t)Ψ(1s)ε(t)L(s,t)=\Phi_{s\varepsilon}(t)\Psi_{(1-s)\varepsilon}(t)

connects with fixed end points the path Φε(t)\Phi_{\varepsilon}(t) to Φ(t)Ψε(t)\Phi(t)\Psi_{\varepsilon}(t). For small ε\varepsilon we know that these paths have ends in Sp(2)\mbox{Sp}^{*}(2), the set of 2×22\times 2 symplectic matrices with eigenvalues not equal to 1. Using the homotopy

K0(s,t)={L(s,2ts+1) if tTks+12L(2tTk1,Tk) if tTks+12K_{0}(s,t)=\left\{\begin{array}[]{lc}L(s,\frac{2t}{s+1})&\mbox{ if }t\leq T_{k}\cdot\frac{s+1}{2}\\ L(2\frac{t}{T_{k}}-1,T_{k})&\mbox{ if }t\geq T_{k}\cdot\frac{s+1}{2}\\ \end{array}\right.

and the aforementioned properties of the Conley-Zehnder index and Robbin-Salamon index we obtain

μRS(Φε)=μRS(ΦΨε).\mu_{RS}(\Phi_{\varepsilon})=\mu_{RS}(\Phi\Psi_{\varepsilon}).

Another homotopy,

K1(s,t)={Φ(2ts+1)Ψε(st) if tTks+12Φ(Tk)Ψε((s+2)t(s+1)) if tTks+12K_{1}(s,t)=\left\{\begin{array}[]{lc}\Phi(\frac{2t}{s+1})\Psi_{\varepsilon}(st)&\mbox{ if }t\leq T_{k}\cdot\frac{s+1}{2}\\ \Phi(T_{k})\Psi_{\varepsilon}((s+2)t-(s+1))&\mbox{ if }t\geq T_{k}\cdot\frac{s+1}{2}\\ \end{array}\right.

for (s,t)[0,1]×[0,Tk](s,t)\in[0,1]\times[0,T_{k}] yields

μRS(ΦΨε)=μRS(Φ)+μRS(Φ(Tk)Ψε).\mu_{RS}(\Phi\Psi_{\varepsilon})=\mu_{RS}(\Phi)+\mu_{RS}(\Phi(T_{k})\Psi_{\varepsilon}).

As a result we obtain

μRS(Φε)=μRS(Φ)+μRS(Φ(Tk)Ψε).\mu_{RS}(\Phi_{\varepsilon})=\mu_{RS}(\Phi)+\mu_{RS}(\Phi(T_{k})\Psi_{\varepsilon}).

We also have

π(TqV)=π(ξq)=TpΣ.\pi_{*}(T_{q}V)=\pi_{*}(\xi_{q})=T_{p}\Sigma.

If we extend the flow ψt\psi_{t} of XHX_{H} to the symplectization then kerdψt={0}\ker d\psi_{t}=\{0\} for t>0t>0. Thus the only contribution from (the lift of) XH-X_{H} to the Robbin-Salamon index occurs at t=0t=0. From Lemma 4.5 we obtain

μRS(Φ(Tk)Ψε)= indexpH12 dimΣ= indexpH1,\mu_{RS}(\Phi(T_{k})\Psi_{\varepsilon})=\mbox{ index}_{p}H-\frac{1}{2}\mbox{ dim}\Sigma=\mbox{ index}_{p}H-1,

and the result follows.

5 Fun with filtrations

In this section, we prove Theorem 1.27 which demonstrates that the cylindrical contact homology of three dimensional prequantization bundles S1(V,λ)𝜋(Σ,ω)S^{1}\hookrightarrow(V,\lambda)\overset{\pi}{\rightarrow}(\Sigma,\omega) consists of infinitely many copies of H(Σ;)H_{*}(\Sigma;\mathbb{Q}). We first establish a correspondence between gradient flows of a Morse-Smale function HH on the base Σ\Sigma and pseudoholomorphic cylinders asymptotic to closed Reeb orbits associated to λε=(1+επH)λ\lambda_{\varepsilon}=(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\lambda which are of the same multiplicity and project to critical points of HH. The second step in our proof uses the results of Proposition 2.31 as well as Sections 3 and 4 to construct a chain complex filtered by the action and index. Using direct limits and the established proportionality between the action and index with respect to a free homotopy class, we recover the cylindrical contact homology of 3-dimensional prequantization bundles.

5.1 Correspondence between cylinders and gradient flow lines

Recall that the perturbed Reeb vector field associated to λε\lambda_{\varepsilon} is given by

Rε=R1+εhH+εX~H(1+εhH)2,R_{\varepsilon}=\frac{R}{1+\varepsilon h^{*}H}+\frac{\varepsilon\widetilde{X}_{H}}{{(1+\varepsilon h^{*}H)}^{2}},

where XHX_{H} is a Hamiltonian vector field121212We use the convention ω(XH,)=dH.\omega(X_{H},\cdot)=dH. on S2S^{2} and X~H\widetilde{X}_{H} its horizontal lift.

From [SZ92, Theorems 7.3] and [Wen-SFT, Theorem 10.30] we have the following result, which is key to establishing the isomorphism between Hamiltonian Floer homology and singular homology [Fl89], [SZ92, Theorem 7.1].

Theorem 5.1.

Let (Σ,ω0)(\Sigma,\omega_{0}) be a closed oriented surface of genus gg. Suppose H:ΣH:\Sigma\to\mathbb{R} is a smooth Morse function such that |H|C2<1,|H|_{C^{2}}<1, JJ is an ω\omega-compatible almost complex structure, and the flow of HH with respect to ω(,J)\omega(\cdot,J\cdot) is Morse-Smale. Given ε>0\varepsilon>0, let Hε:=εHH^{\varepsilon}:=\varepsilon H with Hamiltonian vector field XHε=εXHX_{H^{\varepsilon}}=\varepsilon X_{H}, and consider the contact form λε=(1+επH)λ\lambda_{\varepsilon}=(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H)\lambda on the prequantiation bundle S1(V,λ)𝜋(Σ,ω)S^{1}\hookrightarrow(V,\lambda)\overset{\pi}{\rightarrow}(\Sigma,\omega). Then for all ε>0\varepsilon>0 sufficiently small, the following hold.

  1. (i)

    The simple RεR_{\varepsilon}-orbit γp\gamma_{p} arising from any pCrit(H)p\in\mbox{\em Crit}(H) is nondegenerate and its Conley-Zehnder index relative to the constant trivialization Φ\Phi is given by

    μCZΦ(γp)=1+indexp(H).\mu_{CZ}^{\Phi}(\gamma_{p})=-1+\mbox{\em index}_{p}(H).
  2. (ii)

    Any trajectory x:Σx:\mathbb{R}\to\Sigma satisfying the negative gradient flow equation x˙=Hε\dot{x}=-\nabla H^{\varepsilon} gives rise to a Fredholm regular solution

    v:×S1Σ(s,t)x(s)\begin{array}[]{lrcl}v:&\mathbb{R}\times S^{1}&\to&\Sigma\\ &(s,t)&\to&x(s)\\ \end{array}

    of the time independent Floer equation

    sv+J(v)(t+XHε(v))=0\partial_{s}v+J(v)\left(\partial_{t}+X_{H^{\varepsilon}}(v)\right)=0 (5.1.1)

    and the virtual dimensions of the spaces of Floer trajectories near vv and gradient flow trajectories near xx are the same.

  3. (iii)

    Every 1-periodic orbit of XHεX_{H^{\varepsilon}} in Σ\Sigma is a constant loop at a critical point of HH.

  4. (iv)

    Every finite energy solution v:×S1Σv:\mathbb{R}\times S^{1}\to\Sigma of (5.1.1) is of the form v(s,t)=x(s)v(s,t)=x(s) for some negative gradient flow trajectory x:Σx:\mathbb{R}\to\Sigma.

A couple of remarks are in order.

Remark 5.2.

We have added to Chris Wendl's horror131313In addition to [Wen-SFT, Remark 10.32], one should read his blog post, as well as the subsequent discussion on heretical signs at https://symplecticfieldtheorist.wordpress.com/2015/08/23/signs-or-how-to-annoy-a-symplectic-topologist/ by using the convention ω(XH,)=dH.\omega(X_{H},\cdot)=dH. As computed in Lemma 4.5, this yields Theorem 5.1(i) which has opposite sign from his [Wen-SFT, Theorem 10.30(i)].

Remark 5.3.

Proofs of Theorem 5.1 (iv) typically impose the additional assumption that |indexp(H)indexq(H)|1|\mbox{index}_{p}(H)-\mbox{index}_{q}(H)|\leq 1 for all pairs p,qCrit(H)p,q\in\mbox{Crit}(H) to avoid a discussion of gluing. This assumption is sufficient for our needs in defining the filtered complex as we have independently shown for cylindrical contact homology that (±EGH)2=0\left(\partial_{\pm}^{EGH}\right)^{2}=0.

A fairly standard argument [Si17, §7] yields the following correspondence between cylinders uJε(γpk,γqk)u\in{\mathcal{M}}^{J_{\varepsilon}}(\gamma_{p}^{k},\gamma_{q}^{k}) and gradient flow lines between the critical points pp and qq. Theorem 5.1 then implies that these cylinders correspond to Floer trajectories between the 1-periodic orbits of HεH^{\varepsilon}, which are the constant loops at the critical points pp and qq.

In our setting, we consider prequantization bundles over closed symplectic manifolds in lieu of trivial S1S^{1}-bundles. However, as explained in [Mo, §6.1], one can parametrize these JεJ_{\varepsilon}-holomorphic cylinders as follows. Let (θ,y)θy(\theta,y)\mapsto\theta^{*}y be the global S1S^{1}-action on the S1S^{1} principal bundle YY and define

uxε:×S1×Y(s,t)(a(s),tx~(s))\begin{array}[]{llcl}u_{x}^{\varepsilon}:&\mathbb{R}\times S^{1}&\to&\mathbb{R}\times Y\\ &(s,t)&\mapsto&(a(s),t^{*}\widetilde{x}(s))\\ \end{array}

where a˙(s)=(1+επH(x(s)))\dot{a}(s)=(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H({x}(s))), x~\widetilde{x} solves x~˙=Hε~(x~(s))1+επH(x(s))\dot{\widetilde{x}}=\dfrac{\widetilde{\nabla{H}^{\varepsilon}}(\widetilde{x}(s))}{1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H({x}(s))}, where H~\widetilde{\nabla{H}} is the lift of H\nabla H to ξ\xi. This construction yields the following proposition.

Proposition 5.4.

Assume the same hypotheses in Theorem 5.1 and that p,qCrit(H)p,q\in\mbox{\em Crit}(H) with |indexp(H)indexq(H)|1|\mbox{\em index}_{p}(H)-\mbox{\em index}_{q}(H)|\leq 1. Given ε>0\varepsilon>0 sufficiently small and any λε\lambda_{\varepsilon}-compatible almost complex structures JεJ_{\varepsilon}, every negative gradient flow equation x˙=Hε(x)\dot{x}=-\nabla H^{\varepsilon}(x) from pp to qq gives rise to a smooth Fredholm regular JεJ_{\varepsilon}-holomorphic cylinder uxεJε(γpk,γqk)u^{\varepsilon}_{x}\in{{\mathcal{M}}}^{J_{\varepsilon}}(\gamma_{p}^{k},\gamma_{q}^{k}) in ×V\mathbb{R}\times V and the virtual dimensions of the spaces of pseudoholomorphic cylinders near uεxu_{\varepsilon}^{x} and gradient flow trajectories near xx are the same.

Proof.

When HH is small but not identically zero, the projection of the curve to Σ\Sigma is no longer holomorphic as in the proof of [Si17, Theorem 3.1]. However, one can appeal to the asymptotic behavior of holomorphic curves, along with intersection theory and the relationship between the Conley-Zehnder indices and extremal winding numbers as in the proof of [Mo, Prop. 4.11, Thm. C.10]

This is because of the S1S^{1}-invariance of the contact structure ξ\xi induced by λ\lambda gives a natural trivialization Φ\Phi of ξ\xi along the Reeb orbits associated to λε\lambda_{\varepsilon} which project to critical points of HH. That one can use the trivialization induced by λ\lambda for λε\lambda_{\varepsilon} is explained in the proof of Proposition 4.1. Finally, the formulas for the Conley-Zehnder indices established in Section 4 show that the virtual dimension of the moduli space of cylinders agrees with the virtual dimension of the space of gradient flow lines. Regularity follows from Propositions 2.13, 2.31, and 2.32. ∎

Next, we prove uniqueness via the following result which we have adapted from [Wen-SFT, Theorem 10.33]. The original result is stated in terms of certain stable Hamiltonian structures on Σ×S1\Sigma\times S^{1} rather for prequantization bundles over Σ\Sigma, but it is still applicable.

Theorem 5.5.

Assume the same hypotheses in Theorem 5.1 and that p,qCrit(H)p,q\in\mbox{\em Crit}(H) with |indexp(H)indexq(H)|1|\mbox{\em index}_{p}(H)-\mbox{\em index}_{q}(H)|\leq 1. Let ε>0\varepsilon>0 be sufficiently small and take any smooth family JδJ_{\delta} of λε\lambda_{\varepsilon}-compatible almost complex structures matching JεJ_{\varepsilon} at δ=0\delta=0. Then there exists δ0>0\delta_{0}>0 such that every JδJ_{\delta}-holomorphic cylinder for δ[0,δ0]\delta\in[0,\delta_{0}] with a positive end asymptotic to γpk\gamma_{p}^{k} and a negative end asymptotic to γqk\gamma_{q}^{k}, both up to reparametrization, is in the same equivalence class of cylinders as uδxu_{\delta}^{x} in Proposition 5.4.

Proof.

If δn0\delta_{n}\to 0 and unu_{n} is a sequence of JδnJ_{\delta_{n}}-holomorphic cylinders then first by the uniqueness of the asymptotic orbits, we can extract a subsequence for which all unu_{n} are asymptotic at both ends to closed Reeb orbits, up to reparametrization, of the form γpk{\gamma_{p}^{k}} for pCrit(H)p\in\mbox{Crit}(H) as nn\to\infty. Remark 4.12 shows that we have a uniform bound on the energies of our curves.

Since all RεR_{\varepsilon}-orbits in a fixed homotopy class are nondegenerate, one can now conclude that unu_{n} has a subsequence convergent to a finite-energy JεJ_{\varepsilon}-holomorphic building 𝐮\mathbf{u}_{\infty} consisting only of cylinders. When g(Σ)1g(\Sigma)\geq 1 there are no contractible orbits and when Σ=S2\Sigma=S^{2}, the exclusion of noncylindrical levels follows from the lemmata of §3.1.1.

The levels of the building are asymptotic to orbits of the form γpk{\gamma_{p}^{k}} for pCrit(H)p\in\mbox{Crit}(H), projecting to solutions of the HεH^{\varepsilon}-Floer equation. Since H\nabla H is Morse-Smale and indices of critical points can only differ by at most 1, the building 𝐮\mathbf{u}_{\infty} can have at most one nontrivial level uu_{\infty}, which is in the same equivalence class as uεxu_{\varepsilon}^{x} by Proposition 5.4. That there are no other levels follows from the calculations in §3.1.1. This implies unuu_{n}\to u_{\infty} and because uu_{\infty} is Fredholm regular and the implicit function theorem gets us the rest of the way.

5.2 The filtered chain complex

In this section we use the proportionality between the action and Conley-Zehnder index of the Reeb orbits with respect to a fixed free homotopy class to compute the filtered cylindrical contact homology for prequantization bundles over closed oriented surfaces. These Morse-Bott methods are in a similar spirit as those found in the realm of symplectic homology, see [CFHW96, Gu17], [BO09b, §4], and [KvK16, Appendix B].

With respect to a fixed free homotopy class Γ\Gamma, we first filter cylindrical contact homology by action and investigate a further filtration by the Conley-Zehnder index. We can filter the complex by action because the cylindrical contact homology differential is action decreasing [Ne15, Lemma 2.18]. We will further assume that the critical values of the Morse-Smale function HH on Σ\Sigma are negative and close to 0.

We fix a particular choice of coherent orientations on the (filtered) complex by requiring that cylinders which correspond to the Morse flow lines of the C2C^{2} small Morse function HH on the base be counted in the same way as the version of Morse homology that is isomorphic to singular homology. Further details on the choice of such coherent orientations may be found in [KvK16, Appendix B.0.2]. In particular the local coefficient system is trivial by [KvK16, Lemma B.7, Remark B.8]

From Remark 4.12 we saw that action of a Reeb orbit γpk\gamma_{p}^{k} of RεR_{\varepsilon} over a critical point pp of HH was proportional to the length of the fiber, namely

𝒜(γpk)=2kπ(1+επH).\mathcal{A}(\gamma_{p}^{k})=2k\pi(1+\varepsilon\pi^{*}H).

As a result, we can introduce a filtration on the whole complex. We use bold face 𝐩\mathbf{p} and 𝐪\mathbf{q} in place of the conventions pp and qq for the bigrading in [Weib94, §5.4] to avoid confusion with critical points of HH. With respect to a free homotopy class Γ\Gamma, the filtration is then,

F𝐩C𝐪(V,λε,Γ)={γC𝐪(M,λε,Γ)|𝒜(γ)<2𝐩π}F_{\mathbf{p}}C_{\mathbf{q}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma)=\left\{\gamma\in C_{\mathbf{q}}(M,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma)\ \bigg{\arrowvert}\ \mathcal{A}(\gamma)<2\mathbf{p}\pi\right\}

Implicit in this filtration is the choice of positive ε\varepsilon, which must be chosen to be sufficiently small such that all orbits γ\gamma with 𝒜(γ)2𝐩π\mathcal{A}(\gamma)\leq 2\mathbf{p}\pi project to a critical point of HH. Since we have restricted ourselves to a fixed homotopy class this filtration exhausts the complex in finitely many steps.

Let LεL_{\varepsilon} be the minimal value of 2𝐩π2\mathbf{p}\pi such that F𝐩C𝐪(M,λε,Γ)=C𝐪(M,λε,Γ)F_{\mathbf{p}}C_{\mathbf{q}}(M,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma)=C_{\mathbf{q}}(M,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma) for all 𝐩>Lε2π\mathbf{p}>\frac{L_{\varepsilon}}{2\pi}. The E0E^{0}-page of this spectral sequence is given by

E𝐩𝐪0=F𝐩C𝐩+𝐪(V,λε,Γ)/F𝐩1C𝐩+𝐪(V,λε,Γ).E_{\mathbf{pq}}^{0}=F_{\mathbf{p}}C_{\mathbf{p+q}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma)/F_{\mathbf{p}-1}C_{\mathbf{p+q}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma).
Lemma 5.6.

For ε\varepsilon chosen sufficiently small so that the assumptions of Theorem 5.1 also apply to

F𝐩C𝐪(V,λε,Γ)=C𝐪(V,λε,Γ)F_{\mathbf{p}}C_{\mathbf{q}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma)=C_{\mathbf{q}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma)

for all 𝐩>Lε2π\mathbf{p}>\frac{L_{\varepsilon}}{2\pi} hold. Then the differential for 𝐩>0\mathbf{p}>0 on the the E0E^{0}-page

E𝐩𝐪0=F𝐩C𝐩+𝐪(V,λε,Γ)/F𝐩1C𝐩+𝐪(V,λε,Γ).E_{\mathbf{pq}}^{0}=F_{\mathbf{p}}C_{\mathbf{p+q}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma)/F_{\mathbf{p}-1}C_{\mathbf{p+q}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma).

agrees with the Morse differential on the base Σ\Sigma.

Proof.

The differential on the E0E^{0}-page only counts cylinders that decrease the action level less then 2π2\pi. Moreover, this differential is well-defined and squares to 0 because it agrees with the usual cylindrical contact homology differential, so the results of [Ne15, Theorems 1.10, 1.12, Remark 1.13] apply.

The results of §4, in particular Proposition 4.1 and Lemmas 4.6, 4.8, show that with respect to a fixed homotopy class Γ\Gamma, there is also a simultaneous filtration by index. When the genus of Σ\Sigma is greater than 0, the Puppe sequence shows there are no contractible Reeb orbits, and the action of any Reeb orbit with action less than LεL_{\varepsilon} determines its covering multiplicity and hence its free homotopy class. Proposition 5.4 and Theorem 5.5 imply that for 𝐩>0\mathbf{p}>0, these cylinders are counted by the Morse differential on the base Σ\Sigma. ∎

With respect to a fixed free homotopy class Γ\Gamma, Lemma 5.6 permits us to conclude that the E1E^{1}-page is given by copies of the Morse homology of Σ\Sigma with appropriate degree shifts corresponding to the SFT-grading of γ,\gamma, |γ|=μCZ(γ)1.\ |\gamma|=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma)-1. The proportionality between the action and the SFT-grading allows us to simultaneously filter by the SFT-grading. In particular, for an appropriate choice of ε\varepsilon,

F𝐩C𝐪(V,λε,Γ)={γC𝐪(V,λε,Γ)|𝒜(γ)2𝐩π}={γC𝐪(V,λε,Γ)||γ|:=μCZ(γ)14𝐩+1}\begin{array}[]{lcl}F_{\mathbf{p}}C_{\mathbf{q}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma)&=&\left\{\gamma\in C_{\mathbf{q}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma)\ \bigg{\arrowvert}\ \mathcal{A}(\gamma)\leq 2\mathbf{p}\pi\right\}\\ &=&\left\{\gamma\in C_{\mathbf{q}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},\Gamma)\ \bigg{\arrowvert}\ |\gamma|:=\mu_{CZ}(\gamma)-1\leq 4\mathbf{p}+1\right\}\end{array}

As a result, the SFT-grading filtration with repsect to a free homotopy class excludes differentials other than the one coming from the action filtration. Hence, the spectral sequence degenerates at the E2E^{2}-page. Such an argument is also used to obtain a spectral sequence for positive S1S^{1}-equivariant symplectic homology in the proof of Proposition 3.7 Part (II) of [BO17].

To take direct limits of the filtered groups, we need the following lemma regarding continuation maps.

Lemma 5.7.

For 0<ε<ε0<\varepsilon^{\prime}<\varepsilon sufficiently small and under the assumptions of Theorem 5.6, the continuation map cεεc_{\varepsilon\varepsilon^{\prime}} is well-defined and induces a morphism of spectral sequences associated to a fixed free homotopy class

cεεr:E𝐩𝐪r(λε)E𝐩𝐪r(λε)c_{\varepsilon\varepsilon^{\prime}}^{r}:E_{\mathbf{pq}}^{r}(\lambda_{\varepsilon})\to E_{\mathbf{pq}}^{r}(\lambda_{\varepsilon^{\prime}})

for r=0,1r=0,1.

Proof.

That the map cεεrc_{\varepsilon\varepsilon^{\prime}}^{r} is well-defined follows from the same reasoning as to why the chain map is well-defined; see Proposition 3.15 and §3.2. To see that it induces a morphism between spectral sequences we note that the spectral sequence Epqr(λε)E_{pq}^{r}(\lambda_{\varepsilon}) is bounded with maximal filtration degree Lε2π\frac{L_{\varepsilon}}{2\pi}, so it converges not any later than on that page.

By construction, the gap between the last non-zero column of E𝐩𝐪0(λε)E^{0}_{\mathbf{pq}}(\lambda_{\varepsilon}) and the first new column of E𝐩𝐪0(λε)E^{0}_{\mathbf{pq}}(\lambda_{\varepsilon^{\prime}}) is larger than Lε2π\frac{L_{\varepsilon}}{2\pi}. This is because for 𝐩>Lεj2π\mathbf{p}>\frac{L_{\varepsilon_{j}}}{2\pi} we can choose εi<εj\varepsilon_{i}<\varepsilon_{j} such that F𝐩CEGH(V,λεi)=CEGH(V,λεj)F_{\mathbf{p}}C_{*}^{EGH}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon_{i}})=C_{*}^{EGH}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon_{j}}) for 𝐩=Lεj2π,Lεj2π+1.\mathbf{p}=\frac{L_{\varepsilon_{j}}}{2\pi},\frac{L_{\varepsilon_{j}}}{2\pi}+1. Thus, the first new non-zero column, if any, of E𝐩0(λεi,Jεi)E^{0}_{\mathbf{p}*}(\lambda_{\varepsilon_{i}},J_{\varepsilon_{i}}) appears for filtration degree 𝐩\mathbf{p} at least Lεj2π+2\frac{L_{\varepsilon_{j}}}{2\pi}+2.

For 𝐩Lε2π\mathbf{p}\leq\frac{L_{\varepsilon}}{2\pi} we see that cεεrc_{\varepsilon\varepsilon^{\prime}}^{r} commutes with the differential because of Proposition 5.4 and Theorem 5.5 as well as §3.2. For 𝐩>Lε2π\mathbf{p}>\frac{L_{\varepsilon}}{2\pi} the continuation map cεεrc_{\varepsilon\varepsilon^{\prime}}^{r} vanishes, as does the differential dr,εd^{r,\varepsilon}. ∎

Since CHEGH,L(V,λε,J,Γ)CH^{EGH,L}_{*}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},J,\Gamma) is the homology of the chain complex generated by copies of HMorse(Σ,H;)H_{*}^{\mbox{\tiny Morse}}(\Sigma,H;\mathbb{Q}) with ±=HMorse\partial_{\pm}=\partial_{H}^{\mbox{\tiny Morse}} on each copy, after taking the direct limit,

CHEGH(V,kerλ,Γ):=limεCHEGH,Lε(V,λε,Jε,Γ).CH^{EGH}(V,\ker\lambda,\Gamma):=\varinjlim_{\varepsilon}CH^{EGH,L_{\varepsilon}}(V,\lambda_{\varepsilon},J_{\varepsilon},\Gamma).

we obtain

CHEGH(V,kerλ,Γ)=E𝐩𝐪1(CHEGH(V,kerλ,Γ))={γ good, [γ]=ΓH𝐩+𝐪|γ|(Σ;)𝐩>00𝐩0.CH^{EGH}(V,\ker\lambda,\Gamma)=E^{1}_{\mathbf{pq}}(CH^{EGH}(V,\ker\lambda,\Gamma))=\left\{\begin{array}[]{lr}\displaystyle\bigoplus_{{\gamma\mbox{ \tiny good, }[\gamma]=\Gamma}}H_{\mathbf{p}+\mathbf{q}-|\gamma|}(\Sigma;\mathbb{Q})&\mathbf{p}>0\\ 0&\mathbf{p}\leq 0.\\ \end{array}\right.

This yields the proof of Theorem 1.27.

References

  • [AHNS17] L. Abbrescia, I. Huq-Kuruvilla, J. Nelson, and N. Sultani, Reeb Dynamics of the Link of the AnA_{n} Singularity, Involve 10 (2017), no. 3, 417–442.
  • [ABW10] P. Albers, B. Bramham, and C. Wendl, On nonseparating contact hypersurfaces in symplectic 4-manifolds. Algebr. Geom. Topol. 10 (2010), no. 2, 697-737.
  • [ADfloer] M. Audin and M. Damian, Morse theory and Floer homology. Translated from the 2010 French original by Reinie Erné. Universitext. Springer, London; EDP Sciences, Les Ulis, 2014.
  • [BaHon1] E. Bao and K. Honda, Definition of Cylindrical Contact Homology in dimension three, arXiv:1412.0276
  • [BaHon2] E. Bao and K. Honda, Semi-global Kuranishi charts and the definition of contact homology, arxiv:1512.00580
  • [Bo02] F. Bourgeois, A Morse-Bott approach to contact homology. Ph.D. thesis, Stanford University, 2002.
  • [BEHWZ] F. Bourgeois, Y. Eliashberg, H. Hofer, K. Wysocki, E. Zehnder, Compactness results in symplectic field theory. Geometry and Topology Vol. 7, 799-888 (2003).
  • [BM04] F. Bourgeois and K. Mohnke, Coherent orientations in symplectic field theory. Math. Z. 248 (2004), no. 1, 123-146.
  • [BO09b] F. Bourgeois and A. Oancea, Symplectic homology, autonomous Hamiltonians, and Morse-Bott moduli spaces, Duke Math. J. 146 (2009), 71-174.
  • [BO17] F. Bourgeois and A. Oancea, S1S^{1}-equivariant symplectic homology and linearized contact homology, IMRN 2017, no. 13, 3849-3937.
  • [CFHW96] K. Cieliebak, A. Floer, H. Hofer, K. Wysocki, Applications of symplectic homology II: stability of the action spectrum. Math. Zeit. 223, 27-45 (1996).
  • [El07] Y. Eliashberg, Symplectic field theory and its applications. International Congress of Mathematicians. Vol. I, 217-246, Eur. Math. Soc., Zürich, 2007.
  • [EGH00] Y. Eliashberg, A. Givental, and H. Hofer, Introduction to symplectic field theory. Geom. Funct. Anal. (2000), Special Volume, Part II, 560-673.
  • [Fl89] A. Floer, Symplectic fixed points and holomorphic spheres. Comm. Math. Phys. 120 (1989), 575-611.
  • [GGM15] V. Ginzburg, B. Gurel, and L. Macarini, On the Conley conjecture for Reeb flows. Internat. J. Math. 26 (2015), no. 7, 1550047, 22 pp.
  • [GGM18] V. Ginzburg, B. Gurel, and L. Macarini, Multiplicity of Closed Reeb Orbits on Prequantization Bundles. Israel J. Math. 228 (2018), no. 1, 407-453.
  • [Gu14] Gutt, J; Generalized Conley-Zehnder index. Ann. Fac. Sci. Toulouse Math. (6) 23 (2014), no. 4, 907-932.
  • [Gu17] J. Gutt, The positive equivariant symplectic homology as an invariant for some contact manifolds, J. Symplectic Geom. 15 (2017), no. 4, 1019-1069.
  • [HWZ99] H. Hofer, K. Wysocki, E. Zehnder, A characterization of the tight 3-sphere. II. Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 52 (1999), 1139-1177.
  • [HWZI] H. Hofer, K. Wysocki, E. Zehnder, A General Fredholm Theory I: A Splicing-Based Differential Geometry. JEMS 9:841-876, 2007.
  • [HWZII] H. Hofer, K. Wysocki, E. Zehnder, A general Fredholm theory II: Implicit function theorems. GAFA 19:206-293, 2009.
  • [HWZIII] H. Hofer, K. Wysocki, E. Zehnder, A general Fredholm theory III: Fredholm Functors and Polyfolds. Geom. & Topol. 13:2279-2387, 2009.
  • [HWZIV] H. Hofer, K. Wysocki, E. Zehnder, Integration Theory on the Zero Set of Polyfold Fredholm Sections, Math. Ann. Vol 336, Issue 1 (2010), 139-198.
  • [HWZV] H. Hofer, K. Wysocki, E. Zehnder, Applications of Polyfold Theory I: Gromov-Witten Theory, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 248 (2017), no. 1179.
  • [Hu02] M. Hutchings, An index inequality for embedded pseudoholomorphic curves in symplectizations. J. Eur. Math. Soc. 4 (2002), no. 4, 313–361.
  • [Hu09] M. Hutchings, The embedded contact homology index revisited. New perspectives and challenges in symplectic field theory, 263?297, CRM Proc. Lecture Notes, 49, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 2009.
  • [Hu14] M. Hutchings, Lecture notes on embedded contact homology. Contact and Symplectic Topology, 389-484, Bolyai Society Mathematical Studies, Vol. 26. Springer. 2014.
  • [HuOBG] M. Hutchings, A magic trick for defining obstruction bundles. Accessed 7/2019.
  • [HN16] M. Hutchings and J. Nelson, Cylindrical contact homology for dynamically convex contact forms in three dimensions. J. Symplectic Geom. 14 (2016), no. 4, 983–1012.
  • [HN2] M. Hutchings, J. Nelson, S1S^{1}-equivariant cylindrical contact homology for hypertight contact forms. arXiv:1906.03457
  • [HN3] M. Hutchings, J. Nelson, Invariance and an integral lift of cylindrical contact homology for dynamically convex contact forms. in preparation.
  • [HTII] M. Hutchings and C. Taubes, Gluing pseudoholomorphic curves along branched covered cylinders. II. J. Symplectic Geom. 7 (2009), no. 1, 29-133.
  • [HT13] M. Hutchings and C. H. Taubes, Proof of the Arnold chord conjecture in three dimensions, II, Geom. Topol. 17 (2013), 2601-2688.
  • [vK08] O. van Koert, Contact homology of Brieskorn manifolds. Forum Math. 20 (2008), no. 2, 317-339.
  • [vKnotes] O. van Koert, Simple computations in prequantization bundles. Accessed 7/2019.
  • [KvK16] M. Kwon, and O. van Koert, Brieskorn manifolds in contact topology. Bull. Lond. Math. Soc. 48 (2016), no. 2, 173-241.
  • [McL16] M. Mclean, Reeb orbits and the minimal discrepancy of an isolated singularity, Invent. Math. 204 (2016), no. 2, 505–594.
  • [McRi] M. McLean and A. Ritter, The McKay correspondence via Floer theory, arXiv:1802.01534
  • [MW94] M. Micallef and B. White, The structure of branch points in minimal surfaces and in pseudoholomorphic curves, Ann. Math., 139 (1994), 35-85.
  • [Mo] A. Moreno, Algebraic torsion in higher-dimensional contact manifolds, arXiv:1711.01562.
  • [Ne15] J. Nelson, Automatic transversality in contact homology I: Regularity. Abh. Math. Semin. Univ. Hambg. 85 (2015), no. 2, 125-179.
  • [Pa] J. Pardon, Contact homology and virtual fundamental cycles. arXiv:1508.03873
  • [RS93] J. Robbin and D. Salamon, The Maslov index for paths, Topology 32 (1993), 827-844.
  • [SZ92] D. Salamon and E. Zehnder, Morse theory for periodic solutions of Hamiltonian systems and the Maslov index, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 45 (1992), no 10, 1303-1360.
  • [Se00] P. Seidel, Graded Lagrangian submanifolds. Bull. Soc. Math. France 128 (2000), no. 1, 103-149.
  • [Se06] P. Seidel, A biased view of symplectic cohomology, Current Developments in Mathematics, 2006: 211-253.
  • [Si08] R. Siefring, Relative asymptotic behavior of pseudoholomorphic half-cylinders. Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 61 (2008), no. 12, 1631-1684.
  • [Si17] R. Siefring, Finite-energy pseudoholomorphic planes with multiple asymptotic limits , Math. Ann. 2017, Volume 368, Issue 1-2, pp 367–390.
  • [Va11] A. Vaugon, Étude dynamique des champs de Reeb et propriétés de croissance de l'homologie de contact. Thèse de doctorat, Université de Nantes, 2011.
  • [Va15] A. Vaugon, On growth rate and contact homology. Algebr. Geom. Topol. 15 (2015), no. 2, 623-666.
  • [Weib94] C. Weibel, An introduction to homological algebra. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1994.
  • [Wen10] C. Wendl, Automatic transversality and orbifolds of punctured holomorphic curves in dimension four. Comment. Math. Helv. 85 (2010), no. 2, 347-407.
  • [Wen-notes] C. Wendl, Lectures on holomorphic curves in symplectic and contact geometry, Version 3.3. http://www.math.hu-berlin.de/~wendl/pub/jhol_bookv33.pdf, (Version 3.2 at arXiv:1011.1690)
  • [Wen-SFT] C. Wendl, Lectures on Symplectic Field Theory, to appear in EMS Lectures in Mathematics series, arXiv:1612.01009v2
  • [Wen] C. Wendl. Transversality and super-rigidity for multiply covered holomorphic curves, arXiv:1609.09867

Jo Nelson
Rice University
email:
jo.nelson@rice.edu